xvEPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park,
NC 27711
EPA-600/8-80-007
January 1980
Research and Development
Environmental Assessment
Data Systems
User Guide
Fine Particle
Emissions
Information System
EADS FPEIS
-------
RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:
1. Environmental Health Effects Research
2. Environmental Protection Technology
3. Ecological Research
4. Environmental Monitoring
5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development
8. "Special" Reports
9. Miscellaneous Reports
This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this series result from the
effort funded under the 17-agency Federal Energy/Environment Research and
Development Program. These studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
health and welfare from adverse effects of pollutants associated with energy sys-
tems. The goal of the Program is to assure the rapid development of domestic
energy supplies in an environmentally compatible manner by providing the nec-
essary environmental data and control technology. Investigations include analy-
ses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their health and ecological
effects; assessments of, and development of, control technologies for energy
systems; and integrated assessments of a wide range of energy-related environ-
mental issues.
EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
for publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the Government, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.
-------
EPA-600/8-80-007
January 1980
Environmental Assessment Data Systems
User Guide:
Fine Particle Emissions Information System
J. P. Reider, Editor
Midwest Research Institute
425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas City, Missouri 64110
R. J. Larkin, Editor
Acurex Corporation
Energy & Environmental Divison
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California 94042
Prepared for
EPA Project Officer — Gary L. Johnson
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Research and Development
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
Contract Nos. 68-02-2641; 2699
-------
DISCLAIMER
This report has been reviewed by the Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved
for publication. Mention of trade names or commercial products does not
constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
11
-------
This page contains the publication and revision record of the FPEIS User
Guide. The current revision status is indicated by the Schedule of
Document Control. As the guide is revised, the affected pages are dated.
Changes and additions to the guide are shown by vertical lines in the
margins. A bar near the page number indicates new pagination rather than
change of content. New pages are indicated by a dot near the page number.
SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENT CONTROL
Revision
Description
June 1976
June 1978
May 1980
Original printing.
Reissue.
Reissue. This version entirely replaces and
supercedes the previous editions.
-------
PREFACE
In the course of fulfilling its charter, EPA performs multimedia
environmental assessments of stationary sources of pollution and conducts
R&D programs to develop and demonstrate feasible control technology. Such
programs generate voluminous data, often according to different reporting
protocols and sampling and analysis practices. The Environmental
Assessment Data Systems (EADS) have been developed to consolidate the
results of these programs and others into one comprehensive information
system. The EADS is also designed to provide uniformity in reporting
protocols and to supply current information and methods for analyzing data.
The EADS is composed of four waste stream data bases and a number
of reference and support data bases. The waste stream data bases include
the Fine Particle Emissions Information System (FPEIS), the Gaseous
Emissions Data System (GEDS), the Liquid Effluents Data System (LEDS), and
the Solid Discharge Data System (SDDS). The FPEIS was the original data
base in EADS, having become operational in 1977, and is now a mature
system containing data from hundreds of stationary sources and serving the
needs of a diverse user community. The GEDS, LEDS, and SDDS were initiated
in 1978 and are now operational. The original FPEIS has concurrently been
redesigned to conform to the requirements of expanded multimedia testing,
although existing data in FPEIS will continue to be available to the user.
111
-------
A complete set of EADS documentation includes six publications —
one User Guide for each of the four waste stream data bases, a Terminology
Reference Manual, and a Systems Overview Manual. This document, the FPEIS
User Guide, gives instructions for the encoding of FPEIS data sets and
defines procedures for submitting and retrieving data. It also describes
available software packages for analysis of FPEIS data.
IV
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1 INTRODUCTION 1.0-1
2 DATA BASE DESCRIPTION 2.0-1
2.0 FPEIS Structure 2.0-1
2.1 FPEIS Organization and Contents 2.1-1
2.1.1 Source and Test Series Related Information . . . 2.1-1
2.1.2 Control Device and Stream Design Conditions . . 2.1-6
2.1.3 Test Operating Conditions 2.1-6
2.1.4 Sampling Activity Information 2.1-7
3 DATA ACQUISTION AND ORGANIZATION 3.0-1
3.0 Introduction 3.0-1
3.1 How to Build a Test Series 3.1-1
3.2 Data Input Form Structure 3.2-1
3.3 Structure Application Example 3.3-1
3.4 Special Encoding Considerations 3.4-1
3.4.1 Multimedia Test Series 3.4-1
3.4.2 Multiple Control Devices 3.4-2
3.4.3 Parallel or Series Control Devices 3.4-2
3.4.4 Fuels and Feedstocks 3.4-2
3.4.5 Data Accuracy and Quality 3.4-3
3.4.6 Source Assessment Sampling System 3.4-4
3.4.7 Effluent Characteristics 3.4-5
3.4.8 Reporting of Chemical Analysis Results 3.4-5
3.4.9 Reporting of Radionuclide Data 3.4-10
3.4.10 Bioassay Results ... 3.4-10
3.5 Fine Particle Data Reduction System 3.5-1
4 ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FPEIS DATA INPUT FORMS . . . 4.0-1
4.0 General Rules 4.0-1
4.1 Labor Saving Features 4.1-1
4.1.1 Repetitive Data Feature 4.1-1
4.1.2 Control Device and Design Parameters 4.1-4
4.1.3 Operating Parameter Serial Number 4.1-4
4.2 Encoding Instructions 4.2-1
5 DATA SUBMITTAL 5.0-1
5.0 Introduction 5.0-1
5.1 Data Input Form Processing 5.1-1
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Page
5.2 Submittal Procedures 5.2-1
5.3 Review and Corrective Action Procedures 5.3-1
5.4 EDIT/LOAD Programs 5.4-1
5.4.1 EDIT Program 5.4-1
5.4.2 LOAD Program 5.4-3
6 DATA RETRIEVAL 6.0-1
6.0 Introduction 6.0-1
6.1 Data Retrieval Using the Program Library 6.1-1
6.2 Special Data Retrieval Requests 6.2-1
6.3 Key/Non-key Data Elements 6.3-1
6.4 On-Line Request Procedures 6.4-1
6.5 NCC User Qualifications and Services
Registration 6.5-1
6.5.1 Registration Procedures 6.5-1
6.5.2 User ID and Password 6.5-5
6.6 Interactive Terminal Operation 6.6-1
6.6.1 Initiating a Demand Processing Session 6.6-4
6.6.2 Terminating a Demand Processing Session .... 6.6-8
6.6.3 Accessing the EADS 6.6-9
6.7 Remote Batch Terminal Operation 6.7-1
6.7.1 Initiating a Remote Batch Processing Session . . 6.7-3
6.7.2 Terminating a Remote Batch Processing
Session 6.7-3
6.8 EADS User Support 6.8-1
7 PROGRAM LIBRARY 7.0-1
7.0 Introduction 7.0-1
7.1 SERIES Report 7.1-1
7.1.1 Applicability 7.1-1
7.1.2 Abstract 7.1-1
7.1.3 User Data Required 7.1-2
7.1.4 Data Qualification Required 7.1-2
7.1.5 Limitations/Restrictions 7.1-2
7.1.6 Functional Description 7.1-2
7.1.7 User Instructions — Demand 7.1-2
7.1.8 User Instructions — Batch 7.1-4
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Page
7.1.9 Sample Demand Runs 7.1-5
7.1.10 Sample SERIES Report 7.1-5
7.2 Chemical Search Program (CHEM-SEARCH) 7.2-1
7.2.1 Applicability 7.2-1
7.2.2 Abstract 7.2-1
7.2.3 User Data Required 7.2-2
7.2.4 Data Qualification Required 7.2-2
7.2.5 Limitations/Restrictions 7.2-2
7.2.6 Functional Description 7.2-2
7.2.7 User Instructions — Demand 7.2-2
7.2.8 User Instructions — Batch 7.2-5
7.2.9 Sample Demand Runs 7.2-7
7.2.10 Sample Batch Runs 7.2-13
7.3 Series Summary Information Program (SNAP-SHOT) . . 7.3-1
7.3.1 Applicability 7.3-1
7.3.2 Abstract 7.3-1
7.3.3 User Data Required 7.3-2
7.3.4 Data Qualification Required 7.3-3
7.3.5 Limitations/Restrictions 7.3-3
7.3.6 Functional Description 7.3-3
7.3.7 User Instructions -- Demand 7.3-3
7.3.8 User Instructions — Batch 7.3-6
7.3.9 Sample Demand Runs 7.3-8
7.3.10 Sample Batch Runs 7.3-9
7.3.11 Sample Output 7.3-9
7.4 Biological Search Program (BIO-SEARCH) 7.4-1
7.4.1 Applicability 7.4-1
7.4.2 Abstract 7.4-1
7.4.3 User Data Required 7.4-1
7.4.4 Data Qualification Required 7.4-2
7.4.5 Limitations/Restrictions 7.4-2
7.4.6 Functional Description 7.4-2
7.4.7 User Instructions — Demand 7.4-2
7.4.8 User Instructions — Batch 7.4-4
7.4.9 Sample Demand Runs 7.4-6
7.4.10 Sample Batch Runs 7.4-9
7.5 Radiological Search Program (RAD-SEARCH) 7.5-1
7.5.1 Applicability 7.5-1
7.5.2 Abstract 7.5-1
7.5.3 User Data Required 7.5-1
7.5.4 Data Qualification Required 7.5-1
vii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Concluded)
Section Page
7.5.5 Limitations/Restrictions 7.5-2
7.5.6 Functional Description 7.5-2
7.5.7 User Instructions — Demand 7.5-2
7.5.8 User Instructions — Batch 7.5-4
7.5.9 Sample Demand Runs 7.5-6
7.5.10 Sample Batch Runs 7.5-8
7.6 Control Technology Search Program
(CONTROL-SEARCH) 7.6-1
7.6.1 Applicability 7.6-1
7.6.2 Abstract 7.6-1
7.6.3 User Data Required 7.6-1
7.6.4 Data Qualification Required 7.6-1
7.6.5 Limitations/Restrictions 7.6-2
7.6.6 Functional Description 7.6-2
7.6.7 User Instructions -- Demand 7.6-2
7.6.8 User Instructions -- Batch 7.6-5
7.6.9 Sample Demand Runs 7.6-6
7.6.10 Sample Batch Runs 7.6-10
7.7 Cascade Impactor Data Reduction System (CIDRS) . . 7.7-1
APPENDIX
vm
-------
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Page
2-1 EADS Structure 2.0-5
2-2 Waste Stream Data Base Structure 2.1-4
2-3 Organic Extract Summary Table 2.1-9
3-1 Waste Stream Data Base Structure and Contents 3.1-2
3-2 Forms Ordering 3.2-3
3-3 Data Structure — Coal-Fired Power Plant 3.3-3
3-4 Source Assessment Sampling System 3.4-7
3-5 Use of CIDRS 3.5-3
4-1 Repetitive Data Feature Structure 4.1-2
5-1 Sample Data Submittal Letter 5.2-2
5-2 Sample Data Submittal Acknowledgement Letter 5.2-3
5-3 QA Procedure 5.3-2
5-4 Sample EDIT Output 5.4-5
6-1 NCC Application 6.5-2
6-2 Request for Batch Terminal Support Form 6.7-2
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
2-1 FPEIS Data Elements and Their Levels 2.1-2
3-1 Source Sampling Log — Coal-Fired Power Plant 3.3-2
3-2 Response Ranges for Ranking of Various Biotests .... 3.4-12
4-1 Engineering Units 4.2-36
4-2 Conversion Factors to Metric Units 4.2-38
6-1 List of Key Data Elements 6.3-2
6-2 Remote Interface Control Statements 6.6-5
6-3 NCC Demand Access Telephone Numbers 6.6-7
6-4 NCC Remote Batch Access Telephone Numbers 6.7-4
-------
CONTACTS
EADS Program Manager
EADS Technical Staff
Gaseous Emissions Data
System, Liquid Effluents
Data System
Gary L. Johnson (MD-63)
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
919-541-2745
Barbara S. Ballard
Acurex Corporation
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California 94042
415-964-3200, Extension 3019
Fine Particle Emissions
Information System, Solid
Discharge Data System
Software
or
Robert J. Lark in
Acurex Corporation
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California 94042
415-964-3200, Extension 3019
J. Patrick Reider
Midwest Research Institute
425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas City, Missouri 64110
816-753-7600
Nick Young
Acurex Corporation
Route 1, Box 423
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
919-781-9704
XI
-------
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
The Environmental Assessment Data Systems (EADS) are a group of
independent computerized data bases which are interlinked to provide
common accessibility to data produced by a variety of EPA projects.
EPA-IERL/RTP's Environmental Assessment (EA) programs are expected to be
heavy contributors and users. Accordingly, the EADS has been structured
in a manner such that EA data can easily be transferred to the input
forms. However, the structure is flexible and comprehensive enough so
that data from virtually any pollutant sampling and analysis protocol
could be included. The EADS is intended to accept data from either energy
systems or industrial processes. Often times these data are multimedia in
nature. Emissions could be fine particles, gases, liquids, solids, or any
combination all coming from the same industrial source. Because pollution
controls are developed on a media-by-media and pollutant-by-pollutant basis,
EADS is composed of media-specific data base systems. They are the Fine
Particle Emissions Information System (FPEIS), the Gaseous Emissions Data
System (GEDS), the Liquid Effluents Data System (LEDS), and the Solid
Discharge Data System (SDDS). This User Guide will instruct in the use of the
FPEIS. There are companion User Guides for the other data bases (GEDS User
Guide, EPA 600/8-80-006, January 1980; LEDS User Guide, EPA 600/8-80-008,
January 1980; SDDS User Guide, EPA-600/8-80-009, January 1980).
1.0-1
-------
While independent, the four data bases are very similar in structure
and are interlinked. Interlinking is necessary to enable a control strategy
analyst or an R&D program planner to select the most environmentally acceptable
control methods on a systems basis. When one considers the objectives and
scope of today's investigative and iterative environmental studies, it is easy
to see why interlinking is necessary. Environmental Assessments, for example,
are intended to determine comprehensive multimedia environmental loadings and
compare them to existing emissions and ambient standards. Resulting health,
ecological and environmental effects, and cross-media impacts and trade-offs
are also assessed. It is necessary and useful to examine and compare
emissions across all media from a specific source.
For example, to evaluate the total environmental impact of a flue gas
scrubber installation on a coal-fired boiler, you would need to sample and
analyze a variety of effluent streams from different media. Among these might
be the boiler bottom ash, the flue gas into and out of the scrubber, and the
liquid slurry produced from the scrubber treatment of the flue gas. These
would be solid, gaseous and liquid effluents, respectively, all from one
source. The EADS (FPEIS, 6EDS, LEDS, and SDDS) is designed to characterize
these emissions by providing data on the factors affecting their generation,
modification, sampling, measurement, and analysis. The data base system is
designed so that one can encode and retrieve information regarding a specific
test, a specific source, a specific control device or treatment process, and a
specific pollutant, as well as a large array of other data elements that may
be of interest to the user.
The EADS can accommodate partial data. The number of parameters
measured in a test depends upon the objectives of the testing program. It is
possible that certain source tests will not have all the data which the EADS
1.0-2
-------
is designed to contain, nor is the EADS intended to suggest or dictate the
details of a test program. For example, in a given testing program, all the
tests may be made at only the inlet or outlet, and the chemical analysis or
bioassay results may or may not be conducted. It is also likely that some of
the control technology design and operating parameters may not be reported.
Even if there are missing data, the available data will be of use and should
be reported.
Reading this manual may suggest that EAOS is bound, even constricted,
by numerous operational rules. In any computerized system there must be
rules; once understood, they facilitate the job of data encoding. It must be
stressed, nevertheless, that flexibility has been built into EADS. This will
be shown in succeeding sections of this User Guide.
Data from sources or sites for which the company name, location, etc.,
are or should remain confidential can also be accommodated. The encoding of
data from confidential sources is discussed in Section 4 of this User Guide
and the EADS Systems Overview Manual (EPA-600/8-80-005, January 1980).
The FPEIS system contains industrial or energy process source emissions
test data and related source and control system design and operating data. It
attempts to comprehensively describe the fine particle emissions at the point
from which the particulate sample is collected from the gas stream. General
groups or categories of information include source characteristics, discharge
stream characteristics, control device or treatment process information,
process conditions, test information, analyses of the fuels and feedstocks,
sampling activity information, inorganic and organic chemical analyses,
radionuclide analyses, and bioassay results. Each group of information
includes a number of related data elements, each of which is a unique variable
essential for the description of the source tested.
1.0-3
-------
A uniform protocol for units and terminology has been developed along
with standard data input forms, output report formats and analytical
software. Each data element in the system has been defined in detail for
clarity. These standards and definitions will allow all data in the system to
be stored or retrieved on a common basis.
The FPEIS has been implemented at the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) National Computer Center (NCC) at Research Triangle Park, on the UNIVAC
1100 computer, using SYSTEM 2000®. SYSTEM 2000® is a data base
management system developed by the Commercial Systems Division of INTEL, Inc.
It will provide users with a virtually unlimited potential for data analysis.
, , include sorting, comparing, and retrieving
information from the FPEIS data base in a variety of arrangements.
There are two companion documents to the FPEIS User Guide: the EADS
Systems Overview Manual (EPA-600/8-80-005, January 1980) and the EADS
Terminology Reference Manual (EPA-600/8-80-011, February 1980). A complete
set of EADS documentation would include User Guides for the liquid, gaseous
and solid discharge data bases (LEDS, GEDS and SDDS, respectively) as well.
The EADS Systems Overview Manual contains a broad-based description of the
purposes and scope of the EADS, a discussion of its organization, and
descriptions of the EADS reference data bases and user software. The EADS
Terminology Reference Manual is a general reference manual on the terminology
used to enter and retrieve information from the EADS waste stream data bases.
These manuals are designed with discrete segments for major sections and
subsections. As changes, additions, and expansions of the system and the
informational capabilities are made, the manuals will be updated as
appropriate.
1.0-4
-------
Section 2 describes the structure, organization and contents of the
FPEIS. Section 3 demonstrates an application of a sampling activity to the
FPEIS structure and how data should be organized for an encoding effort.
Encoding instructions are given in Section 4. Section 5 describes procedures
required after data has been encoded and is being submitted for inclusion in
the FPEIS. Section 6 describes the steps for on- and off-line data
retrievals. User output analysis packages are enumerated in Section 7 —
Program Library. Users should become thoroughly familiar with the contents of
this document before attempting to encode data.
1.0-5
-------
SECTION 2
DATA BASE DESCRIPTION
2.0 FPEIS STRUCTURE
The discussion in this section is intended to introduce the new
EADS user to the data base. The main objective is to familiarize the user
with the fundamental structural components of the data base and how they
are assembled to form a structural hierarchy. While this User Guide is
for FPEIS only, the user should realize that each of the four data bases
that comprise EADS (GEDS, FPEIS, LEDS and SDDS) are structured in an
identical manner. Naturally, though, certain data elements will be
specific to one media only. Consequently there will be detail differences
between data bases, but not structural differences.
The structure of the FPEIS data base presents and organizes a
comprehensive set of data which describes the conduct, techniques,
conditions and results of stationary source emission sampling and analysis
activities. Each variable or bit of data or information concerning the
source test is defined as a data element. The completeness of information
for any given source test within the data base is limited only by the
completeness of the test report or original test data from which the FPEIS
input was derived.
Before continuing on in this section, the user should become
familiar with certain terms used throughout the EADS documents. These
2.0-1
-------
terms form the structure upon which all of the EADS waste stream data
bases are based. Many of the terms will probably be familiar, but others
such as "test" may, in the context of EADS, have definitions that are
slightly different from the typical definition. In order to maintain the
integrity of the EADS data, it is imperative that these definitions are
understood and properly used.
media — Used in reference to an effluent stream from a
stationary source. May be either fine particle,
gaseous, liquid, or solid.
source — A source may be either an industrial or energy
conversion facility. It is the origin of one or more
multimedia effluent streams. An oil refinery and a
coal-fired powerplant would each be examples of a
source.
stream ~ Any multimedia effluent discharging to the environment
from a stationary source.
control device/treatment process — A device or process designed to
remove or treat a specific pollutant or pollutants from
an effluent stream.
control system — Frequently a discharge stream is controlled by a
number of control devices which may be in either a
series or parallel arrangement. The total group of
control devices on that stream is referred to as the
control system.
2.0-2
-------
level —• A data base structural term used to differentiate
groupings of data within the data base. The EADS
contains four structural levels: the test series
level, the stream design level, the test operating
level, and the sample level.
test series -- Taken in its broadest context, a test series
designates the sampling activities performed at a
single source over a specified period of time (usually
continuous) with a specific control system employed.
test -- A set of various types of samples taken to characterize
a source waste stream(s) under one set of source and
control device/treatment process operating conditions.
sample — The measurement or group of measurements taken with a
single measurement method or instrument to describe the
composition of a stream at a given point in time and at
a specific location.
component — Frequently a measurement instrument can be separated
into two or more components, each of which contains a
sample which may be analyzed separately or combined. For
example, an Andersen Mark III impactor collects a sample
on eight stages. Stages one through four could be
combined into one sample while stages five through eight
could be combined into a second sample. Each sample
would then be referred to as a component and analyzed
separately. On the other hand, if each individual stage
was analyzed separately, each stage would then be
considered, in EADS terminology, a component.
2.0-3
-------
Several data elements or information items are required to
adequately describe the groups of information which are contained within
the FPEIS. These groups are discussed in the EADS Systems Overview Manual
and in greater detail in this section. Also, the reader might wish to
refer to the Data Base Definition (a computer listing of all data
elements) and the Data Base Tree (a graphical presentation of the major
groups of information contained in the data base) in Appendix A.2. From
an organizational standpoint, the various data elements are grouped in one
of four levels: the test series level, the stream design level, the test
operating level, and the sample level. These levels and their
relationship are shown in Figure 2-1.
The term "test series level" is used to designate the uppermost
level in the data base structure. This is where source description data
are contained. A single "test series" is composed of all data in the four
structural levels, the first of which has been designated the "test series
level". A test series designates the sampling activities performed at a
single site over a specified period of time (usually continuous) with a
specific control system employed. Each test series is assigned a unique
Test Series Number (TSN) which can always be used to identify that data.
It is possible that certain tests may involve changes to the process which
may make the use of multiple test series more appropriate. This is
entirely at the discretion of the encoder. The encoder should do whatever
seems most convenient and logical. The following examples will illustrate
this point.
Suppose a utility boiler is tested under two sets of particulate
control techniques; first a baghouse with woven glass bags and one with
felt Orion bags. One test is performed using each control technique
2.0-4
-------
Source
Test
Series
Level
Stream 1
Stream 2
Stream
Design
Level
o
en
Tesfl
Test 2
Te«t3
Testl
Test 2
Test
Operating
Lever
Sample 2
Sample 1
Sample 1
Sample
Level
'Each test could be at a different process (source) operating condition.
Figure 2-1. EADS structure.
-------
individually. The encoder would probably find it most convenient to
assign a unique Test ID Number to each test within one test series, rather
than assigning each test to a separate test series. Because these two
control techniques do not have appreciable design differences, there is no
reason to call them different control systems, and thus assign them to
different test series. Now suppose a utility boiler is equipped with an
electrostatic precipitator and a venturi scrubber, each of which is shut
down while the other is tested. Because design conditions of the two
control systems are now different, it would be more appropriate to assign
those control types to two different test series rather than two tests
within one test series.
The level following the test series level is the stream design
level. Here, each waste stream that has been sampled during the test
series is fully described with regard to design parameters. These include
control device(s)/treatment process design parameters as well as stream
parameters (i.e., flowrate, temperature, pressure, etc.). Being design
data, the information at this level will not change within a test series,
barring, of course, any physical changes to the process, ductwork, or
control device. This is a highly unlikely situation. It is important to
keep in mind the meaning of a control device/treatment process. Fine
particle, gaseous, and liquid waste streams have control devices to reduce
emissions. Examples include ESP's, SCL scrubbers, and waste water
clarifiers. Solid discharge streams do not, however, have control devices
per se. They are "controlled" rather by treatment, storage or recovery
processes which in some manner decrease the pollutant burden on the
environment. Hence, the terminology, Control Device/Treatment/Storage/
Recovery Process.
2.0-6
-------
Following the stream design level is the test operating level. As
the name implies, operating data for each test is defined here. Source
operating data, such as operating mode and feed material rate, and control
device/treatment process operating data are included. Here also, the
fuels and feedstocks to the process are completely characterized. A test
is broadly defined as a set of various types of samples (e.g., SASS train
with cyclones, impactor, impinger train, filter, etc.) taken to
characterize a source waste stream(s) under one set of source and control
device/treatment process operating conditions. Occasionally engineering
judgement needs to be used when, for example, source operating conditions
may change during a test. A decision needs to be made regarding the
effect of the change on the emissions being tested. If it is deemed an
insignificant change then the encoder may designate the test as one test.
However, if the source operating change could appreciably alter the
quality or quantity of emissions, then the encoder should create multiple
tests, one for each source condition and each containing samples taken
during that particular operating condition.
The fourth level in the EADS structure is the sample level. All
details for each discrete sample taken during a test are contained here.
This includes measurement equipment particulars, measured stream
conditions at the sampling location, and complete physical, chemical,
radionuclide and bioassay analysis data.
This level contains a "component" feature which enables one to
report data with respect to a measurement instrument component. For
example, the Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS) is a measurement
instrument with multiple components that collect different compounds
simultaneously. The SASS train is the recommended EPA environmental
2.0-7
-------
assessment measurement instrument for gaseous streams which may contain
fine particles. Complete detailed information on the SASS can be found in
"IERL-RTP Procedures Manual: Level 1 Environmental Assessment (Second
Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978. The SASS train has a set of
three cyclones followed by a filter which classifies fine particles in a
gas stream according to size. Each cyclone and the filter may be analyzed
as a separate component or they may be combined and analyzed in some
combination, depending on the purpose of the test. Simultaneously, other
components collect gaseous organic material and volatile trace elements.
Typically, each SASS component is subjected separately to a variety of
analyses. EADS is designed to accommodate the data resulting from such an
arrangement. Be sure, however, to encode this data in the correct data
base. Even though the SASS is one sampling train, it produces data on
fine particles and gaseous pollutants. Thus, the fine particle data would
be in FPEIS, with the cyclones and filter being the components, and the
organic and trace element data collected from the organic module and
impinger components would be in 6EDS. FPEIS contains fine particle data
and 6EDS contains gaseous data. While this procedure may seem confusing
while encoding data, it will facilitate data output requests.
Looking again at Figure 2-1, it is easy to see the flexibility of the
data base structure. Each test series includes information and data from one
stationary source in a given time period with one particular source/control
system. Each source, however, can contain any number of effluent streams in
any media. The data system is capable of accommodating as many particulate
laden gaseous emissions streams as are tested. In the same manner, each
stream is likely to be tested a number of times under a variety of source and
control device operating conditions. Again, the data system will accommodate
2.0-8
-------
information from any number of tests performed on each emissions stream.
Frequently an emissions stream is sampled with a variety of measurement
methods under each set of source/control operating conditions. The data
system will accommodate information from any number of samples obtained during
each test on each stream. The EADS will contain many test series each
structured in a similar manner.
When making a decision whether or not to submit data to EADS, the user
should not let the amount of data enter into his or her decision. EADS will
accept a test series of any size, regardless of the number of effluent
streams, tests, or samples. The primary decision criteria should be the
perceived value or usefulness of the data to the user community. This
decision should be a mutual one between the contractor and his project
officer. Guidance may also be sought from the EADS technical staff.
2.0-9
-------
2.1 FPEIS ORGANIZATION AND CONTENTS
As one can see from the previous discussion, the FPEIS data base
structure contains four levels. These levels are simply an organizational
tool — enabling the data to be arranged in a manner which is logical from
the user's viewpoint. Each level contains specific types or groups of
data. Table 2-1 shows the relationship between these general groups of
information and the contents in each group, while the data base structure
is shown in Figure 2-2. The data are grouped into the following general
categories: (a) general source description and related information; (b)
design conditions and parameters of the effluent stream and of the control
device or treatment/storage/recovery process; (c) test operating
information including analyses of any fuels and feedstocks; (d) sampling
activity information including chemical, physical, radionuclide, and
bioassay analysis results.
2.1.1 Source and Test Series Related Information
This group of data elements identifies the stationary source that
was tested, the source location, and the origin of the data which comprise
the test series. To enable a general grouping of sources to be made and
to facilitate computer searches of particular source types, each source is
to be described using appropriate terms from the EADS Source Classification
System. The NEDS Source Classification Codes (SCC) were formerly used
with the FPEIS, but to enhance flexibility, they have been replaced by the
EADS system. The NEDS SCC system had proved to be too cumbersome and
archaic and had contained terminology unfamiliar to users of environmental
data. The EADS system contains more familiar source terminology and, in
addition, contains a reference to the SIC code (Standard Industrial
Classification Manual, Executive Office of the President — Office of
2.1-1
-------
TABLE 2-1. FPEIS DATA ELEMENTS AND THEIR LEVELS
Test Series Level
Stream Design Level
Test Operating Level
Sample Level
ro
i
ro
A. Source Description
Source category
Source type
Product/device type
SIC code
Process type
Design process rate and units
Feed material category
Source name
Site name and address
6EDS, SODS, and LEDS TSN's
Series start and finish dates
Sponsor organization
Contract number
TO/TO number
Name of sampling group/contractor
Reference title, author, number,
publication date, and NTIS
number
B. Test Series Comments
C. Stream Characteristics (Design)
Flowrate and units
Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture content
Stack height
Stream name
Comments
0. Control Device or Treatment
Process
Generic device/process type
Design type
Specific process/device type
Device/process class
Commercial name
Manufacturer
Device/process keywords
Design parameters analysis
E. Test Identification
Date
Start and end times
Operating mode
Percent design capacity
Device operating parameters
Comments
F. Fuels and Feedstocks
Source feed material, feed
rate and units
Sample mass and units
Laboratory name and approval
Feed sample volume and units
Proximate analysis
Ultimate analysis
Physical characteristics
Inorganic and organic
analysis
Comments
H. Sampling Activity Description
Measurement instrument/method
Start time and duration
Measured stream:
Flowrate
Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture content
Density
Density determination
Sample volume
Flowrate measurement method
Sample mass and units
Sampling location description
Instrument temperature, pressure,
and flow rate
Percent Isokinetic
C02, CO, 03 and N2
Particle diameter basis
Particle concentration basis
Upper boundary diameter
Calibration/calculation
Trace gases
Collection surface/substrate
Comments
Comi
Hit)
onent of Sampling Measurement
Component name
Stage/filter cut size
Stage weight or concentration
Chemical analysis laboratory name
Chemical lab approval
Radionuclide lab approval
Component aliquot mass/volume and
units
Effluent characteristics
Parameter
Value and units
Analysis method
Detection limits
Comnents
-------
TABLE 2-1. Concluded
Test Series Level
Stream Design Level
Test Operating Level
Simple Level
L. Inorganic Analysis/Non-Level 1 or 2
Organic Analysis
Species
Analysis method
Detection limits
Total milligrams recovered
Concentration
Comments
M. Level 1 or 2 Organic Analysis
Fraction ID
TCO
Grav
Species
Analysis method
Detection limits
Intensity
Concentration
Comments
R. Radionuclide Data
Radionuclide ID
Analytical method
Detection limits
Concentration
Comments
T. Bioassay Data
Test type
Test name
Duration
Laboratory sample ID
Laboratory name and approval
Test start and end dates
Sample quantity and units
Test organism/strains
Type of value, value, and units
Confidence limits
Maximum applicable dose and units
Level of toxlcity
Bacteria mutagenicity response
Minimum effective concentration
and units
Approximate concentration factor
Comments
-------
Source description
Stream design characteristics
Test Identification,
source/process/control device
operating parameters
Sampling activity
description
Sampling
measurement/
method
component
description
Test series level
Control device or treatment/
storage/recovery process
design characteristics
Stream design level
Fuels and feedstocks
characteristics
Test operating level
Inorganic
analysis
Organic
analysis
Radionuclide
analysis
Bioassay
analysis
Sample level
Figure 2-2. Waste stream data base structure.
-------
Management and Budget, prepared by the Statistical Policy Division, GPO
Stock No. 4101-0066, 1972) for cross-reference to other data systems. The
allowable entries for the EADS Source Classification System are listed in
the EADS Terminology Reference Manual and use four increasingly specific
descriptors to characterize a source.
The name of the testing organization and the reference (report,
journal article, etc.) from which the data have been extracted are
included. Additionally, comments or data may be included which may be
pertinent to the test series, but for which a specific data element is not
available.
An important feature of the FPEIS is that it can protect confidential
or proprietary source data, if the source owners so choose. The FPEIS will
accept the entry "CONFIDENTIAL" for any source who wishes their identity
(i.e., site name and address) to be anonymous. This enables the FPEIS to
store important gaseous data from sources which would otherwise be
unavailable. EPA will have no knowledge whatsoever of the identity of the
source. This feature has already been frequently used with the original
FPEIS and has been a great aid in obtaining data.
Each of the EADS data bases also contains cross references to other
data bases within EADS. For example, suppose a source with multimedia
discharge streams is tested and the particulate emissions data are to be
reported in the FPEIS. The FPEIS test series would then contain cross
references (i.e., Test Series Number — TSN) to test series in the other
media, either gaseous, liquid, solid or whichever combination was
appropriate, for the same source. In the same manner, test series in the
other media would contain a cross reference (TSN) to the FPEIS data base.
2.1-5
-------
2.1.2 Control Device and Stream Design Conditions
A description of the design conditions of the participate emissions
stream at the sampling location is contained within this group. This
information may include data elements such as flowrate, temperature and
pressure. Because this is design information, the values will not change
from test to test, unless of course the control device or stream itself is
altered in some manner.
This grouping of data elements contains design information and
descriptions of the control system tested (if any) for the test series.
Standard nomenclature (see the Terminology Reference Manual) is used to
characterize the device or treatment process by generic device type,
design type, specific process type, and the device class. If this
standard nomenclature is found to be insufficient in describing the
control device, the encoder may include keywords to further describe it.
Commercial name and manufacturer may also be entered.
Control device/treatment process design parameters are indicated by
type and value, where known. A tabulation of suggested minimum
specification types is provided as standard nomenclature in the Terminology
Reference Manual. The units to be used are also given. The EADS uses SI
units throughout, except where noted. A listing of units and useful
conversion factors is located at the end of Section 4.
2.1.3 Test Operating Conditions
Data elements in this group describe actual operating conditions,
as opposed to design conditions, for the test, source, and control
devices. Included here is such information as test dates and times and
operating conditions of the source. Control device operating parameters
are indicated by type and value, and are described by standard nomenclature
2.1-6
-------
with appropriate units also given. As with the design parameters,
suggested operating parameters are given for many of the typical gaseous
control devices or treatment processes in use today for a variety of
sources. The user may define and include additional parameters as
required, but should, however, receive approval from the EADS Project
Manager beforehand.
This group also contains data describing all fuels and feedstocks
that are inputs to the process being sampled. Up to nine separate fuels
or feedstock materials may be described for each process waste stream
sampled in the test series. The description of the fuel or feedstock
includes proximate and ultimate analysis results, physical
characteristics, inorganic and organic composition, as well as the rate of
consumption of the fuel or feedstock.
2.1.4 Sampling Activity Information
This group of data elements consists of information that describes
individual sampling activities, including actual measured gas stream
conditions at the sampling location, such as temperature, pressure, and
moisture content. In addition the sampling location itself would be
described in such a manner that its location with respect to a control
device or treatment process would be clear.
Frequently, a measurement instrument contains two or more
components, each of which is designed to capture different particulate
samples. For example, an impactor is designed to collect a number of fine
particle samples but on different stages or components of the sampling
train. This group of FPEIS data describes not only the instrument itself
but also each component separately and reports the results obtained from
the analysis performed on the sample collected in each component.
2.1-7
-------
Chemical, physical, radionuclide, and bioassay results may be reported.
Results are typically presented as the identification of the species
analyzed and the actual source concentration as contributed by that
component.
An important feature of this group is the quality control/quality
assurance information on the analytical results. Data elements that
provide some measure of quality control and assurance include detection
limits of the analytical method, total amount of sample analyzed, sample
aliquot, identification of the analytical laboratory and reference to any
laboratory quality assurance (QA) audit information. Analytical
laboratory audits are routinely performed by government organizations such
as the Environmental Protection Agency. The results of such audits can be
valuable in assessing the reliability and accuracy of analytical results.
The audit information is contained in a separate reference data base which
is accessed through a QA/QC code reported in FPEIS. More information on
the audit data base can be found in the EADS Systems Overview Manual and
in Section 3 of this User Guide.
Special provisions have been included to accommodate the organic
species reporting protocol of a Level 1 or 2 environmental assessment
sampling and analysis program. This analysis protocol includes a group of
qualitative and semi-quantitative analytical methods whose results are
suggested to be reported in a manner shown in the example in Figure 2-3
(taken from the "IERL/RTP Procedures Manual: Level 1 Environmental
Assessment (Second Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978). The FPEIS
is designed to accommodate this information and, in addition, can report
analytical methods and detection limits as well.
2.1-8
-------
ORGANIC EXTRACT SUMMARY TABLE
Sample Sorbent Extract-H-3
Total Organicj, mg
TCO, mg
GRAV. mg
LCI
18.2
5.2
13.
LC2
22.3
19.
3.3
LC3
253
73.
180.
LC4
29.7
6.7
23.
LC5
11.0
3.7
7.3
LC6
46.3
5-3
41.
LC7
15.1
0.1
15.
2
390
110
280
Category
Assigned intensity-ing/ .(m3, L, or kg)*
Sulfur
Aliphatic HC'i
Aroma tics— Benzenes
Fused Arom 216
Fused Arom 216
Heterocyclic S
Heterocyclic N
Carboxylic Acids
Phenols
Esters
'Concentration (or gai samples = mg/m3, for liqui
actual tr>3, L, or kg value.
^Estimated assuming same relative intensities as LI
I
100-0.6
10-0.06
10-0.06
100-0.6
10-0.06
10-0.06
100-4
100-4
10-0.4
d samples = mg/L, for solid samples = m;
100-0.5
100-r0.5
10-0.05
10-0.05
I/kg. Fill in
~6, since IR spectra of LC5 and LC6 are very similar.
I |
-0.1 1
-0.1*
-0.1*
-0.01 f
-0.01 f
100-0.7
10-0.07
100-0.7
10-0.07
10-0.07
10-0.02
100-0.2
10-0.02
10-0.02
0.6
O.OG
0.06
5.
.5.
0.5
1.
0.3
1.0
0.1
0.08
Figure 2-3. Organic extract summary table.
-------
The FPEIS is, however, not restricted to accepting Level 1 data
only. It is flexible so that any reporting protocol can be included.
The sampling activity information group can also handle
radionuclide data results and bioassay results. The bioassays may be
either health effects or ecological effects tests.
2.1-10
-------
SECTION 3
DATA ACQUISITION AND ORGANIZATION
3.0 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this section is to demonstrate how the encoder would
use the structural concepts discussed in Section 2 to prepare a set of
source testing data for encoding into the FPEIS. This will be
demonstrated with a hypothetical example. This section will also discuss
some special problems that may occur while encoding source test data. For
example, how do you encode data from a Source Assessment Sampling System
— an instrument which collects samples from two media -- fine particles
and gaseous? We cannot forsee all the peculiar situations and special
problems that may occur during the encoding process, but the general
guidelines and techniques given here should greatly facilitate this task.
Feel free to call the EADS Data Base Program Manager or the EADS technical
staff listed on page xi if any questions arise during the encoding process.
3.0-1
-------
3.1 HOW TO BUILD A TEST SERIES
This section describes the techniques and the thought processes
that the user should employ when encoding source testing data onto the
FPEIS data input forms. Using the techniques described here will be of
particular benefit to the user who is not familiar with the EADS system
and underlying concepts. To those who already have some experience with
EADS, possibly through the use of the original Fine Particle Emissions
Information System (FPEIS), these methods may already be familiar to some
degree. The FPEIS has evolved, however, into a somewhat expanded version,
in conjunction with the other data bases in EADS, and it will benefit even
the experienced user to become familiar with Section 3.
In most cases, the user will have either a test report or perhaps
simply summary tables of results obtained from a source testing effort.
The problem that now confronts the user is how to efficiently and
accurately transfer that morass of data onto the FPEIS data input forms.
Experience has shown that the most efficient thing to do is to first
organize the data and information before you -- on paper. The key to this
organization of data is the pyramid structure of the FPEIS. All of the
EADS (i.e., FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, and SODS) are structured in a similar
manner and the encoding forms and SERIES reports are designed to reflect
this structure. Indeed, source testing reports can be thought of as being
arranged in such a manner. Looking at Figure 3-1, the pyramid structure
becomes evident. Data is arranged so that general information, such as
the source description and reference information, is situated at the apex
of the pyramid. The next level down contains design information on the
sources' effluent streams and control devices. The pyramid further
expands into the tests performed on each effluent stream and the operating
3.1-1
-------
Source description
Stream design characteristics
i
ro
Test identification,
source/process/control device
operating parameters
Sampling activity
description
Sampling
measurement/
method
component
description
Test series level
Control device or treatment
storage/recovery process
design characteristics
Stream design level
Fuels and feedstocks
characteristics
Test operating level
Inorganic
analysis
Organic
analysis
Radionuclide
analysis
Bioassay
analysis
Sample level
Figure 3-1. Waste stream data base structure and contents.
-------
conditions of the source and control device(s) during those tests. The
final level in the pyramid contains data on each of the samples taken
during each test. This is the most specific information contained in the
data base. It includes chemical, physical, radionuclide, and bioassay
analytical results. Think of the pyramid structure as descending from the
general to the specific. The source description being general and
analytical results being the most specific.
How then does the user arrange his source testing data into the
pyramid structure? Very simply, the user should lay out a structure on
paper similar to that shown in Figure 3-1. There will be one box at the
test series level to represent the source. The stream design level will
contain as many boxes as there are effluent streams. In a like manner,
the test operating level will contain one box for each test performed on
each stream. And finally, at the sample level, each test will contain as
many boxes as there are samples. The user should then assign appropriate
labels, according to his data, to the source, streams, tests and samples,
and enter those labels in the corresponding boxes of the pyramid. This
approach has two major benefits. One, it forces the user to understand
and organize his data, and two, it structures the data in a manner that
aids tremendously in encoding and proper ordering of the forms. You will
recall that the data forms are organized in a manner similar to the data
base itself. They proceed from the general to the specific.
Section 4 contains detailed encoding instructions which, when used
in conjunction with the above organization methods, make the encoding task
straightforward.
3.1-3
-------
3.2 DATA INPUT FORM STRUCTURE
The FPEIS data elements (see Table 2-1) are entered on twelve data
input forms. The layout of the twelve forms is such that the data
elements in any one test series that are least likely to change, are
located on Form 1, and the most likely to change are on Forms 7 or 7a
through 11. It becomes apparent that the input forms are arranged
according to the hierarchical structure (i.e., a pyramid) of the data base
as shown in Figure 3-1.
Forms 1 and 2 (see Section A.4 in the Appendix) include source
description data, stream design characteristics and control
device/treatment process information. Because this is design data, it
will not change for a given test series on a given source/control
device/process combination. The information on Form 1 is contained in the
test series level while the Form 2 stream/control device/process
information is at the stream design level.
The test operating level is the third level down on the
hierarchical structure and it, as the name implies, contains operating
information — operating in the sense that these are the conditions of the
source, control device/process and fuels and feedstocks during the actual
test. This information is entered on Forms 3 through 5.
The bottom level in the EADS structure is the sample level. This
information is entered on Forms 6 through 11. These forms are expected to
be the most frequently used in that often a number of measurement
instruments, some with two or more components, are used in a given test.
Also a variety of analyses are frequently performed on a collected sample.
Once all data input forms have been encoded, the forms must be put
in a specific order. There are two important reasons for this. One,
3.2-1
-------
because the repetitive data feature (described in detail in Section 4) is
predicated on correctly ordered input; and two, the computer processing
performs order checks. The rules for ordering input are very
straightforward and can be explained in two different ways.
Look at Figure 3-2, a typical test series. The input forms are
ordered by starting at the top and moving down and left, checking off the
boxes as you encounter them. When you can't go down and left any more,
back up to the first place where you can go down and left again to an
unchecked box. The input forms are ordered in the same way as the boxes
are numbered in Figure 3-2. Remember that each box represents one or more
input forms.
Each input form has multiple lines on it. Each line is identified
by a letter and a number called a card number. Each major grouping of
lines has the same letter and is identified on the input forms, e.g.,
F-fuels and feedstocks. Each line of input also has one or more of these
fields (or data elements) — test series number, stream ID, test ID,
sample number, component number. Suppose that you are encoding a single
test series. The test series number will be the same on all forms
submitted. The first form will be Form 1, containing the source
description and test series comments. All forms for the first stream
follow. The stream characteristics and control devices on one or more
Form 2's are next. Then comes all of the data about the first test on the
stream on Forms 3, 4, and 5. The first sample of this test ID follows on
Form 6. The first component of the sample follows on Forms 7, 8, 9, and
10. Then comes the second component, the third and so on. Then come
bioassay data on the sample on one or more Form 11's. The second sample
of the test comes next followed by its component and bioassay data. Then
3.2-2
-------
Test Series l.ovel
00
•
r\j
oo
Stream dpslcjn Level
Stream 1 control
device design
parameters
Test Operating Level.
Test 1
Source/control device
operating conditions
Source/control device
operating conditions
Source/control device
operating conditions
Sample Level
10
Sample
Sample
Sample
11
14
16
17
Component
Component
Component
Component
Stream ? control
device design
parameters
Test 1
19
Source/control device
operating conditions
Figure 3-2. Forms ordering.
-------
comes the third sample and its component and bioassay data, the fourth
sample, and so on; to complete the data for the first test. Then there is
another set of Forms 3, 4, and 5 describing the second test and sets of
forms for each sample and component following. After all tests on the
first stream have been encoded, then a new Form 2 is used to specify the
second stream. The test, samples, and components of the second stream
follow in the same way as they did for the first stream. Continue in this
way until all streams have been encoded.
Although the stream ID, test ID, sample number and component number
form a defacto page numbering scheme, it is recommended that the pages be
consecutively numbered in the space provided.
3.2-4
-------
3.3 STRUCTURE APPLICATION EXAMPLE
The techniques for organizing fine particle source sampling data
are demonstrated in the following paragraphs using a hypothetical
example. Table 3-1 shows a sampling log of source tests performed at a
coal-fired power plant equipped with an electrostatic precipitator (ESP)
for control of fine particulate. The log shows that two tests were
performed at two sampling locations, the ESP inlet and the ESP outlet.
The two tests correspond to two different source operating conditions
where the plant was operating first at 80 percent of capacity and then at
maximum rated capacity. An Andersen Mark III cascade impactor sample and
a SASS train were used at each location under both operating conditions.
While the sampling log clearly shows what occurred during the
testing program, it does not display this information in a manner such
that the user can easily visualize how the data should be organized for
encoding purposes. Nor does it provide any information on how the encoded
forms are to be ordered before they are keypunched. At least for the
beginning user, and we believe it's an excellent tool even for the
experienced user, the data should be arranged in the pyramid structure
shown in Figure 3-3. In our hypothetical example, the rearranged sampling
log information would look like Figure 3-3. The coal-fired power plant
would be entered as the source at the test series level and the two
sampled streams would at the next level down. The stream design level can
contain any number of effluent streams. Following down to the test
operating level, you can see that each of the two tests is labeled and
entered into a box. Each stream thus has two tests, one at 80 percent
load and one at full load. The sample level indicates which samples were
taken during each test on each stream. Each box represents one measurement
3.3-1
-------
TABLE 3-1. SOURCE SAMPLING LOG -- COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT
Stream
Test
Sample
1 -- Stack gas, ESP
inlet
2 — Stack gas, ESP
outlet
1 -- 80% load
2 -- full load
1 -- 80* load
2 -- full load
1 — Andersen Mark III
2 -- SASS
1 ~ Andersen Mark III
2 -- SASS
1 ~ Andersen Mark III
2 -- SASS
1 -- Andersen Mark III
2 — SASS
3.3-2
-------
CO
•
CO
CO
Coal-fired
power plant
Stream 2
Full
load
Full
load
Test Series Level
Stream Design Level
Test Operating Level
Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 1 Sample 2
Figure 3-3. Data structure — coal-fired power plant.
-------
instrument or sample. The numbers in circles located at the upper left
corner of each box on Figure 3-3 indicate the order in which the encoded
data input forms should be arranged. The rule for ordering of forms is:
starting at the top, move down and left, number the boxes consecutively as
they are encountered. When you can't go down and left anymore, back up to
the first place where you can go down and left again to an unchecked box.
While the forms should be numbered in the manner indicated on Figure 3-3,
recall that each number may represent one or more forms. For example the
box:
80 percent load
test 1
may include forms 3 through 5 which describe the operating conditions
during test 1. The box:
Andersen Mark III
sample 1
may include forms 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11.
3.3-4
-------
3.4 SPECIAL ENCODING CONSIDERATIONS
The FPEIS has a certain amount of flexibility built in and this
enables it to accommodate data from a variety of sampling protocols and
unusual source situations. The purpose of this section is to discuss some
of these special situations and to familiarize the user with the manner in
which EADS conforms to them. In addition, this section discusses the
rationale for some of the encoding instructions described in Section 4.
3.4.1 Multimedia Test Series
Frequently in source sampling activities, multimedia effluent
samples are collected and analyzed. This is particularly true in
environmental assessment (EA) programs where the contractor is trying to
assess the overall environmental impact of a stationary source. For
example, if a coal-fired utility boiler equipped with NO controls, an
A
electrostatic precipitator, and a flue gas desulfurization system was the
subject of an EA testing program, streams from all media, gas, fine
particle, liquid, and solid, would probably be sampled and analyzed. The
analysis data from each specific media effluent stream would be encoded in
its respective data base (i.e., fine particulate data would be encoded
into the FPEIS). You might ask yourself how, if data from one source is
entered into four separate data bases in EADS, a user could benefit from
this data. Each data base contains a cross reference to the other data
bases containing data taken from the same source at the same point in
time. This cross reference is in the form of the TSN. Thus, in our
example, the FPEIS file would contain the GEDS, LEDS, and SDDS Test Series
Numbers as cross references. Conversely, LEDS would contain the GEDS,
FPEIS, and SDDS TSN's as cross references. GEDS and SDDS would follow in
the same manner.
3.4-1
-------
3.4.2 Multiple Control Devices
The EADS recognizes the fact that an effluent stream may have
multiple control devices. For example, a particulate laden gaseous stream
may have a cyclone and an ESP in series. Up to five control devices can
be accommodated per stream. During the encoding process, the user is
required to assign a number to each control device. The control device
number will be unique for that device in that test series. The device
number is used to identify the set of design and operating parameters for
that particular device in the event that there are multiple devices.
3.4.3 Parallel or Series Control Devices
Frequently an effluent stream will have two or more control devices
for various pollutants either in a series or parallel arrangement. This
situation is handled in the following way. In a series arrangement, the
control devices are serially assigned unique device numbers 1, 2, 3, ...
etc., to a maximum of five. Each control device will then have a Form 2
and a Form 3 encoded. These forms should be ordered in the same sequence
as they occur in the effluent stream and in addition, group all Form 2's
together and all Form 3's together. If the control devices are in
parallel, the convention is to label them as 11, 12, 21, 22, etc. Each
device will again have a Form 2 and a Form 3 and again they should be
ordered in the same sequence that they occur in the effluent stream with
all Form 2's together and all Form 3's together.
3.4.4 Fuels and Feedstocks
Frequently a stationary source of particulate emissions will have
one or more fuels and/or material feedstocks as inputs to the process.
These inputs are routinely sampled as part of most testing activities and
are subsequently analyzed for a variety of parameters and purposes. For
3.4-2
-------
example, material balances around a process are usually performed on
elements (e.g., sulfur) with the intent of validating the data and to
assess the origin and fate of chemical species. The FPEIS has two input
forms devoted totally to recording information about the fuels/feedstocks
and any chemical or physical analysis performed. In addition to the
consumption rate and type of fuel/feedstock, the FPEIS has data groups
reserved for proximate and ultimate analyses (for fuels only), general
characteristics (usually physical parameters such as viscosity or pour
point), and chemical analyses. Information and analyses for up to nine
different fuels and feedstocks from one source may be included in each
test series.
The encoder of data should note that general characteristics may be
entered as either number or text values. Normally such values would be
entered as numbers (e.g., pour point, -10°C). However, occasionally
either a range of values needs to be entered or possibly a word descriptor
of some physical characteristic. Here, the entries would be written as
text. More detailed instructions on this point can be found in Section 4,
Group F.
In recognizing the variety of units in which fuels and feedstocks
chemical analyses are reported, the FPEIS has left the units selection for
actual concentration open to the discretion of the user. This flexibility
is not the case, however, when reporting actual concentrations of chemical
species in effluent streams (on Forms 8 and 9). These units must be in
/ 3
yg/m .
3.4.5 Data Accuracy and Quality
The FPEIS contains data elements that assist the user in assessing
data quality, accuracy, and validity. These include identification of the
3.4-3
-------
testing group, analytical laboratories, analysis methods, sampling
methods, high and low detection limits of the analytical methods, total
sample quantities and aliquots, and QA/QC codes. The QA/QC codes are
obtained by the user from the EADS Program Manager at the time the FPEIS
data input forms are encoded. Each analytical laboratory that has
undergone a quality assurance/quality control audit will be assigned a
unique QA/QC code. The code refers the user to a reference data base
which contains the results of the audit. These QA/QC audits describe the
efficiency and effectiveness of a particular laboratory in recovering a
known concentration of a chemical species from a spiked sample, thereby
giving the user of the laboratory's services an appraisal of the
laboratory's performance. The QA/QC data base will contain each chemical
species reported and will identify the analysis method used to detect the
chemical. Also, the number of samples submitted, the average percent of
recovery and its standard deviation, and the quality control frequency are
reported for each chemical species or compound in the audit.
In the final analysis, the FPEIS QA/QC data elements, however, only
ensure the correctness of the data on an as reported basis. The
responsibility for data validity lies with the people who collect and
input the data.
3.4.6 Source Assessment Sampling System
The Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS) has three or more
components that collect different samples simultaneously. The SASS train
is the recommended EPA EA measurement instrument for gaseous streams which
may contain fine particles. Complete detailed information on the SASS can
be found in "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual: Level 1 Environmental Assessment
(Second Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978. The SASS train
3.4-4
-------
(Figure 3-4) has a set of three cyclones (with nominal cut diameters of
10 vim, 3.5 vim, and 1 vim) followed by a filter which classifies fine
particles in a gas stream according to size. Simultaneously, another
component, the organics module, collects gaseous organic material while a
third component, a set of impingers, collects volatile trace elements.
Typically, each SASS component is separately subjected to a variety of
analyses. EADS is designed to accommodate the data resulting from such an
arrangement. Be sure, however, to encode this data in the correct data
base. Even though the SASS is one sampling train, it produces data on
fine particles and gaseous pollutants. Thus, the fine particle data would
be in FPEIS, with the cyclones and filter being the components, and the
organic and trace element data collected form the organic module and
impinger components would be in 6EDS.
3.4.7 Effluent Characteristics
This group of data is intended to accommodate any qualitative
measurement of an effluent stream parameter, other than inorganic and
organic chemical species, radionuclide, and bioassay results. This will
typically include physical parameters of the sample such as opacity, odor,
or color. Values may be entered on the forms as either number or text.
For example, opacity would be encoded as a number, say 20 percent, whereas
color would be encoded as a text value, light brown, for example. Space
on the encoding forms is also provided for the analytical method and any
applicable detection limits and their units.
3.4.8 Reporting of Chemical Analysis Results
The EADS input forms have been developed so that a variety of
sampling and analysis protocols can be accommodated. EPA/IERL-RTP's EA
programs are expected to be one of the primary suppliers and users of
3.4-5
-------
[EE/S-003e]
Control Module
Trace Element
Impingers
Oven With Cyclones
Gas Cooler &
Organic Module
Sampling Probe
Compressors
-------
data. Thus, in response to the special reporting protocols of EA programs,
EADS has put emphasis in this area, without relegating other reporting
protocols to a lesser position.
Specifically, Form 8 has been designed for all inorganic analysis
results and organic analysis results that do not conform to Level 1
protocols. Form 9, however, is reserved exclusively for reporting organic
analysis results that do conform to Level 1 protocol. Level 1 organic
analyses require special reporting formats due to the mix of qualitative
and semiquantitative results from analyses such as liquid chromatography
fractionation and low resolution mass spectra. The purpose of this type
of analysis is to identify the major classes of organic compounds in a
process effluent stream and to estimate their concentrations. In Level 1
this is done by liquid chromatography which separates a sample into
fractions characterized by a range of boiling points. These are called
fraction ID'S and are labeled LCI through LC7 — corresponding to groups
of chemical species with successively higher boiling points. Both the
whole sample and the LC fractions are analyzed for TCO and Grav
concentrations. TCO analysis gives volatile organic material and Grav
analysis yields nonvolatile organic material. This data in combination
with qualitative results obtained from infrared analysis, called intensity
values, and information about the source, enables the analyst to identify
the chemical species in a waste stream sample. Occasionally, individual
species are identified in an extension of Level 1 analysis, and their
concentrations are determined. The FPEIS is fully capable of accepting
all this data. In addition, fractions, organic categories, and species
are identified by a MEG number. This is a unique ID for that species and
is part of a system used in EA methodology (Multimedia Environmental Goals
3.4-9
-------
for Environmental Assessment Volumes 1 and 2, EPA-600/7-77-136a, b,
November 1977) for evaluating and ranking pollutants according to
environmental impact. The encoder must use MEG numbers when inputting EA
data (i.e., Level 1 or 2). Either MEG or CAS numbers ("Chemical Abstracts
— Chemical Substance Index," American Chemical Society) may be used for
data obtained by some other sampling and analysis protocol. When this
data is extracted from the data base as output, it will appear with the
preferred chemical name first, then other less common names.
3.4.9 Reporting of Radionuclide Data
One complete form is devoted to recording radionuclide analysis
results of particulate samples. Actual source concentrations of
radionuclides are to be recorded in the units, pCi/cubic meter. The
isotopes most likely to be of interest include the following: U-238,
Ra-226, Pb-210, PO-210, U-235, Th-232, Bi-212, Ac-228, and Bi-214. Also,
note that space is available to include metastable isotopes (i.e., Kr-85M).
3.4.10 Bioassay Results
As part of EPA's EA scheme, biological indicators are coupled with
chemical tests to assess the hazard potential of process waste streams.
The Level 1 screening phase uses a series of short-term bioassays to
detect acute biological effects. Bioassays may be either health-related
or ecological tests. While EA methodology has specific recommendations
for applying bioassays to samples,* it is frequently the case that these
recommendations cannot be followed. For example, EA protocol says that
particulates captured 1n a SASS train should be divided into two
*Duke, K. M., M. E. Davis and A. J. Dennis, "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual:
Level 1 Environmental Assessment Biological Tests for Pilot Studies,"
EPA-600/7-77-043, April 1977.
3.4-10
-------
components -- those less than 3 microns and those greater than 3 microns.
Frequently it is the case that neither component separately can meet the
minimum sample quantity requirement for bioassay tests, so the components
must be combined. Consequently Form 11, which records bioassay results,
has no space for component sequence number. The encoder should record in
the comments section which component sample was tested or if component
samples were combined.
While most bioassay data elements on Form 11 pertain to all types
of biotests, some apply to only specific tests. These are listed below:
Data Element Bioassay Test
Type of Value All except the Ames
Bacteria Mutagenicity Response Ames only
"Level of Toxicity" is defined as "a qualitative expression of the
bioassay results based upon a predefined range in LD,-Q, EC™ or LC5Q,
etc." Table 3-3* may be used as an aid in determining the Level of
Toxicity for specific bioassays. Given a certain assay and response
range, the encoder can determine whether the Level of Toxicity is high,
moderate, low, or not detectable.
^Environmental Protection Agency, "Biological Screening of Complex Samples
from Industrial/Energy Processes," EPA-600-8-79-021, August 1979.
3.4-11
-------
TABLE 3-2. RESPONSE RANGES FOR RANKING OF VARIOUS BIOTESTS
ro
RESPONSE RANGES
ASSAY
Health Tests
Amis
RAM, CHO.WI-38
Rodent
EceJofkal Tests
Algae
Fish
Invertebrate
ACTIVITY MEASURED
Mutagenesis
Lethality ILCyj)
Lithality (LOM)
Growth Inhibition (ECjQ)
Lithality (LCM)
Lithality (LC50I
MAD
5 mg/plate or
SOOpL/plate
1.000 pg/mL or
600pL/mL
10 g/kg or
10 mL/kg
1,000 mg/L or
100%
1,000 mg/L or
100%
1,000 mg/L or
100%
HIGH
<0.05mgor
<5pL
<10pgor
<6pL
<0.1
<20%or
<200 mg
<20%or
<200mg
<20%or
<200mg
MODERATE
0.05-0.5 mg or
550pL
10- 100 pig or
6-60 pL
0.1-1.0
20-75% or
200 750 mg
20 75% or
200-750 mg
20-75% or
200-750 mg
LOW
0.5-5 mg or
SOSOOpL
100 1.000 pg or
60-600 pL
MO
75-100% or
750-1, 000 mg
75-100% or
7501, 000 mg
75-100% or
750 1,000 mg
NOT DETECTABLE
NO at >S mg or
NO at >500
LCso> 1.000 pg or
LC5Q>600pL
L050>10
EC50 s 100% or
LCSO > 100% or
LC5Q > 1,000 mg
LC50>100%or
LC5Q > 1.000 mg
MAD • Maximum Applicable Dose (Technical LimiUtions)
LDso • Calculated Dosage Expected to Kill 50% of Population
LC&fj * Calculated Concentration Expected to Kill 50% of Population
ECjo " Calculated Concentration Expected to Produce Effect in 50% of Population
NO " Not Detectable
-------
3.5 FINE PARTICLE DATA REDUCTION PROGRAM
The EADS employs a new data reduction program developed to reduce
impactor data by computer, yielding a measure of the fine particle size
distribution which includes inhalable particulates. The Cascade Impactor
Data Reduction System* (CIDRS) is designed to reduce data taken with any
one of four commercially available round-jet inertial impactors: the
Andersen Model III Stack Sampler; the Brink Model BMS-11; the University
of Washington Mark III Source Test Cascade Impactor; and the Meterology
Research Inc. Model 1502 Inertial Cascade Impactor. Other impactors will
be included as needed. Impactor design, particulate catch information,
and sampling conditions from single impactor runs are used to calculate
particle size distributions.
The overall system incorporates several programs: MPPROG; SPLIN1;
STATIS; GRAPH; and PENTRA/PENLOG. These programs compute the effective
cut sizes of the impactor stages, cumulative mass concentrations, number
size distributions, percent efficiency and penetration of control devices,
and averages individual runs.
In the impactor program (MPPROG), calculations are performed using
impactor design specifications in conjunction with impactor stage weights
(mg) and sampling conditions which are provided as raw data input by the
FPEIS data base. For each run, MPPROG will automatically produce the
various stage D^Q'S (using the D5Q analysis method) in terms of
Stokes, classic aerodynamic, and aerodynamic impaction particle diameters,
3
plus stage concentrations (yg/dnm ). MPPROG also generates cumulative
*Johnson, J. W., G. I. Clinard, L. J. Felix, and J. D. McCain, "Computer-
based Cascade Impactor Data Reduction System," Southern Research
Institute, EPA-600/7-78-042, March 1978.
3.5-1
-------
mass concentartions< D_g, geometric mean diameters, and mass/number size
distributions. The output from MPPROG will be organized into tabular
printouts and will be stored in the FPEIS data base, as shown in
Figure 3-5.
MPPROG is currently designed to work only with round-jet cascade
impactors, but, with modification, the computer programs will eventually
be able to accommodate cyclone data (i.e., SASS train) and perform
particle size calculations. It is not designed to calculate particle size
distributions from nonimpaction devices such as optical particle counters,
condensation nuclei counters, diffusion batteries, and other electronic
and optical devices. Due to this restriction on the utility of MPPROG,
the FPEIS is designed to handle data from both impaction and nonimpaction
instruments.
The following describes how each case is to be handled when
encoding FPEIS data:
1. If HO, cc 16 = [T] (inertial impaction), then KO, cc 34-41 =
imp actor stage weight in mg
2. If HO, cc 16 = [x] (other),
2a. and if H3, cc 41 = Q] (mass), then KO, cc 34-41 = mass
concentration in yg/dnm
2b. and if H3, cc 41 - [o] (number), then KO, cc 34-41 = number
concentration in number/dnm
In case 1, particle size distribution calculations are performed by MPPROG,
the encoder need only enter stage weights. MPPROG will not perform
calculations in case 2. Here, the encoder must calculate and enter mass
3.5-2
-------
EADS/FPEIS
Database
Ct>
•
en
CO
Cards
Data
Reduction
Program
CIDRS
Curve
Fit
Program
Statistical
Analysis
Control
System
Efficiency
"1
Graphical
Program
Figure 3-5. Use of CIDRS.
-------
or number concentrations onto the FPEIS data input forms. To reiterate,
MPPROG will not perform particle size distribution calculations on
nonimpact!on devices.
A curve fitting program (SPLIN1) has been developed and
incorporated into CIDRS that allows extrapolation between the largest
DCQ and the maximum particle diameter. The largest particle diameter is
determined by microscopic examination, or is taken to be an arbitrary
value. A special subroutine employs an osculating polynomial equation to
generate a series of cumulative mass values over the extrapolation
interval. These generated points are fitted by the same spline technique
that is used between the smallest and largest D^g's. The spline fit is
a smoothing technique which generates a series of parabolic segments that
approximates a continuous curve.
STATIS is a statistical program which averages from multiple
impactor runs under a common condition. The user specifies the series of
individual runs to be included in the averages and the particle diameter
basis. The program output provides averaged cumulative size distributions
on a mass basis or percentage basis, standard deviation, and 50 percent
confidence intervals in both tabular and graphical form.
Program GRAPH presents graphs of the calculated distributions. The
output forms available include cumulative mass loading versus D5Q and
dM/dlogD versus geometric mean diameter as calculated in MPPROG.
Programs PENTRA/PENLOG are virtually identical and provide tabular
and graphical output of control device penetration and/or efficiency
versus particle size for a preselected series of particle sizes. The user
identifies the pair of averaged inlet and outlet data sets developed by
STATIS from which the penetration/efficiency is to be calculated.
3.5-4
-------
Southern Research Institute has published two reports describing
this data reduction system which are available from NTIS. A brief
overview of the program, including several examples, is given in "A Data
Reduction System for Cascade Impactors," EPA-600/7-78-132a, July 1978.
The detailed program description with program listings can be found in "A
Computer-Based Cascade Impactor Data Reduction System," EPA-600/7-78-042,
March 1978. Additional information on CIDRS, including user instructions,
can be located in Section 7.
3.5-5
-------
SECTION 4
ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FPEIS DATA INPUT FORMS
This section presents detailed, card-by-card, encoding instructions
for each FPEIS data element on the Standard Data Input Forms. The
instructions are separated into 12 groups (identified by the letters A, B,
C, D, E, F, H, K, L, M, R, and T) corresponding to the major groupings of
FPEIS data elements. The FPEIS Data Input Form number (1 through 11) is
given for each group. While reading these instructions, it would be
beneficial to refer to the blank input forms in Appendix A.4.
4.0 GENERAL RULES
General instructions that apply to data coding include the
following:
• The letter "0" is to be encoded "0" and zero is encoded "0".
• Zeros are treated as numbers. Blank spaces in a field indicate
either a lack of data, or that the pertinent data have been
coded for the preceding test conditions or sampling activity.
(See the discussion on the repetitive data feature in
Section 4.1.) To blank out a data field, or to prevent data
from being automatically repeated by the EDIT program, encode
9999... in all columns in the field for numeric fields, and NA
in the first two columns of the field for alphanumeric fields.
4.0-1
-------
0 All numeric data shall be right-justified and all alphanumeric
data shall be left-justified, except where noted otherwise?.
t Only specified alphabetical or numerical characters and a few
symbols (%, &, #, /, +, -, <, >, and all punctuation marks
except the colon) are allowed to be entered in the columns
where allowed. No unusual marks are to be made in the spaces.
No data field headings are to be changed and only data
appropriate to the field are to be entered. This rule prevents
unnecessary keypunching errors in processing the forms. N(j
colons are permitted anywhere.
t Do not use Greek letters, as these cannot be interpreted by the
computer. For example, microgram (yg) is encoded UG. Refer to
Table A-14 in the Terminology Reference Manual or the tables at
the end of this section for the encoding of engineering units.
SI units are used throughout the EADS, except where otherwise
noted.
• Only the allowed coding values may be entered in columns that
require coding symbols. When + is indicated at the top of the
column, enter either + or -, as appropriate. Also, indicate if
the data being encoded are less than, greater than, or equal to
a value by using the signs <, > , or leaving the space blank, as
noted on the appropriate field heading.
• The small triangle between columns on the forms represents the
decimal point. Enter the fractional decimal digits to the
right of the triangle.
• Leave all the shaded portions on the forms blank.
4.0-2
-------
t The following identification data elements must be entered on
the first card of every section (data group) where they appear.
Data Element Card Columns Instructions
Test series number 2-6 Enter on all forms.
Stream number 7-8 Enter only on Forms 2 through 11.
Test ID number 9-11 Enter only on Forms 3 through 11.
Sample number 12-13 Enter only on Forms 6 through 11.
Note that if encoding instructions are not given for card columns 1
through 15 for any card, the instructions are the same as those for
the previous card.
• In several instances, more cards than allotted on the forms may be
added by the user if needed to encode all the data. The detailed
encoding instructions indicate the corresponding data elements, and
specify a limit to the number of additional cards that may be
included.
• Many data elements, identified in the detailed encoding
instructions, require standard nomenclature. The user must use
data from the tables given in the Terminology Reference Manual to
encode these data elements (Tables A-l through A-15). All standard
nomenclature is left-justified.
• Whenever the data exceed the available space on the forms, use the
available space completely, then finish the discussion by using the
comments section of the appropriate level (i.e., test series, test,
sample, or component, described in Section 2).
• Whenever there are pertinent data for which no data elements exist,
use the comments section of the appropriate level.
4.0-3
-------
• Make the text as brief as possible through the use of
abbreviations, precise words, and elimination of redundant words.
The text should always start at the leftmost column (i.e.,
left-justified).
• Form 7a should only be used if JTO chemical or radionuclide data
will be reported for the sampling instrument components. If such
data will be reported, use Form 7 instead.
• The encoding instructions are designed to apply to the majority of
cases for which data will be reported. But, it is recognized that
unusual situations (source/control system combinations, for
example) may occur. If you have data that do not correspond with
the encoding instructions, make reasonable assumptions to reflect
the actual test data, or contact the EADS Technical Staff for
guidance.
• When more than one control device is used, use a separate data
input Form 2 for each control device used. Be sure to give each
control device a unique number within the test series. Up to five
control devices in a test series may be coded for a given source
emission stream.
• When more than one source is discharging into an effluent stream,
encode the data for one source (usually the dominant one), and
refer to the other source(s) in the test series comments.
• If data are reported for different components of a sampling
instrument separately and combined, define component numbers for
all cases (on Form 7 or 7a). For example, for the cyclones of a
SASS train:
4.0-4
-------
Component number 1 = 10 micron cyclone
Component number 2=3 micron cyclone
Component number 3 = 10 and 3 micron cyclones combined.
• If the data from the sampling method are not split into components,
encode the component sequence number = 01, and the component name
as TOTAL SAMPLE (on Form 7).
• After all the forms are encoded and put in order (see Section 3 for
a discussion of the ordering of the completed forms), paginate the
forms in the indicated spaces to keep them organized and to prevent
loss.
• It is critical to include all "zero" cards which start a data
group. Specifically, these cards are AO, CO, DO, EO, FO, HO, and
KO. These cards initialize indices which are used to load the data
into the data base. These indices are the Test Series Number, the
Stream Number, the Device Number, the Test ID Number, the Feed
Material Sequence Number, the Sample Number, and the Component
Sequence Number, respectively for the above cards, and starred
below where they first occur.
The information that is REQUIRED on these cards is as follows:
Card AO — *Test Series Number
Source Category
Source Type
Product/Device Type
Card CO — Test Series Number
*Stream Number
Stream Name
4.0-5
-------
Card DO — Test Series Number
Stream Number
*Device Number
Generic Device/Process Type (If uncontrolled, enter
"NONE". If not known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".)
Card EO -- Test Series Number
Stream Number
*Test ID Number
Card FO -- Test Series Number
Stream Number
Test ID Number
*Feed Material Sequence Number
Source Feed Material
(If data are not available, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".)
Card HO -- Test Series Number
Stream Number
Test ID Number
*Sample Number
Method Type and Measurement Instrument/
Method. (If not known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".)
Card KO — Test Series Number
Stream Number
Test ID Number
Sample Number
Component Sequence Number
Component Name (If not specified, enter "TOTAL SAMPLE".)
These cards and data elements must be included even if no other
data are encoded. A "zero" card must be included whenever any of
the indices are reinitialized; that is, whenever the encoder
returns to the start of a data group. For example, when a second
sample is taken, the encoder must include another CARD HO with a
new Sample Number.
In addition to the above, the following data elements are also
required to be entered on the forms:
Card Al — Process Type
Feed Material Category
Card H2 — Sampling Location Code
Sampling Location Description
Instruct keypunchers not to punch a card unless there are
handwritten data entered on the card.
4.0-6
-------
4.1 LABOR SAVING FEATURES
In developing the data input forms and the data processing
programs, several labor saving features have been introduced. These
features reduce time, labor, and cost on the part of the encoder.
However, misunderstanding of these features may result in the entering of
erroneous data. The labor saving features are explained below. If the
explanation is not clear, the safe rule to remember is "if in doubt, fill
it out."
4.1.1 Repetitive Data Feature
The "Repetitive Data Feature" is an important labor saving device
because it frees the encoder from having to enter repetitive data. In
general, this means that asterisked (*) fields on the input forms need
only be filled out when there is a change in the value of that field.
Putting in additional values or deleting existing values can also be
accommodated by the repetitive data feature.
However, there are limits and conditions. These are shown in
Figure 4-1, the schematic representation of a single test series with
specific groupings. The hierarchical (level) structures of the EADS data
base are also shown. The boxes outlined with dashed lines ( ) show the
limits on the use of the repetitive data feature. For example, at the
sample level, notice that repeating component data can be accommodated in
a single test across component groups, but not across different tests.
Operating conditions data at the test level can be accommodated across
tests but not across streams. In general, the limits can be described by
the following rule. The repetitive data feature operates at the stream,
test, and sample levels of the EADS data base. It only operates across
component groups which have the same data group at the next higher level
4.1-1
-------
Test Series Level
Test Level
I
ro
Control
Device
Source/Process I Source/Process I Source/Process |
Operating ConditionjOoeratino ConditionslOperating Conditions
» «i» ^B J
5
. Control Device ,
I Operating Parameters I
Control Device
| Source/Process I
Operating Conditions *
12
r - -i
• Control Device •
' Operatina Parameters '
1 I
Sample Level
Sample
•1
I Component I Component I Component i
Figure 4-1. Repetitive data feature structure.
-------
of the data base. For example, it operates across components at the
sample level until the operating conditions (test level) change.
All the data elements for which the repetitive data feature is
valid are identified by an asterisk (*) on the input forms.
In many instances, a particular data element may not be constant
for all its occurrences. It may have one value for its first few
occurrences, then change values or not be known for other occurrences. In
these situations, the value of the data element must be reinitialized to
the new value each time the value changes. If the data are not known, the
correct way to reinitialize the value is to enter "NA" in the first two
columns of the field for alphanumeric data or "9" in every card column for
numeric data. Consider the following example.
Suppose that there are 20 samples with the same source/process
operating conditions. In the first nine samples, SAMPLE TEMPERATURE is
110°C. In the next four it is 120°C; it is unknown for the next
three, and is 150°C for the remainder. In the first sample, enter 110
in columns 58 through 61 of the HO card. The value has now been
initialized. The same field can be left blank for the next eight samples
because they have the same value. For the tenth sample, the value 120 is
entered, reinitializing temperature. The temperature on the next three
samples can be left blank because they are also 120. In sample 14, where
the temperature is unknown, the value 9999 is entered as "null" value,
reinitializing the field. If this were not a numeric field, then "NA"
should be entered as the "null" value. In sample 17, the value 150 would
be entered and then the field would be left blank for samples 18, 19,
and 20.
4.1-3
-------
In this way, with the repetitive data feature, only four unique
values must be encoded instead of 20. When there are a number of
unchanging values, this feature will save considerable time and effort.
4.1.2 Control Device and Design Parameters
Another example is in the case where two different streams from the
same source each have an identical control device installed. Here, one
should assign the same Device Number (CARD DO) to each. The repetitive
data feature will permit the encoder to fill out the data on all D cards
(DO, Dl, 02, D3, and D4) just once, leaving those for the second control
device blank. All of the data for the second device will automatically
repeat. For example, on CARD D4, once the design parameter data have been
initialized, they remain constant until changed. Be sure to include a
CARD DO with the Device Number on it, to reference the control device.
The only exception to the encoding instructions for an unknown or
"null" value occurs when such a value is needed in the first occurrence.
In that instance, leave the field blank for an unknown or "null" value.
4.1.3 Operating Parameter Serial Number Feature
The Parameter Number (CARD E2, cc 16 and 17) in the control device
operating parameter group is also a labor saving feature. The Control
Device/Treatment Process Operating Parameters as encoded for the first
Test ID Number will be printed in their entirety for succeeding Test ID
Numbers within the same Stream Number unless changed. Operating parameter
names and value which do not change between tests will be duplicated
automatically for subsequent tests provided that only the parameter number
is reentered for the new test.
If operating parameters happen to change between tests, only the
parameter number and its new value need to be encoded. The data which do
•4.1-4
-------
not change do not have to be re-encoded. The EDIT program will
automatically reproduce the parameter name.
Be sure to include a CARD El to identify the control
device/treatment process to which the parameters apply.
To null out a previously entered Parameter Name and Value, enter
the parameter number and enter NA for the parameter name. Here again,
include a CARD El.
4.1-5
-------
4.2 ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS
4.2-1
-------
GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION -- FORM 1
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD AO
1
2-6
7-8
9-11
12-13
14-15
16-35
36-55
56-75
Data Base Code
Test Series
Number
Stream Number
Test ID Number
Sample Number
Card Number
Source Category
Source Type
Product/Device Type
Do not change. Denotes data base. F-FPEIS.
Enter as a right-justified integer number
the permanent test series number, assigned
by the EADS Program Manager. If such an
assignment has not been made, enter a
nonzero sequential number for each test
series reported. This number will be used
for preliminary identification purposes only.
Leave blank.
Leave blank.
Leave blank.
Do not change.
Enter the source category as text from
Table A-l.* This is the grouping of major
generic industries or source classes; i.e.,
the broadest description of a source.
Examples include COMBUST-ENERGY, CHEMICAL
MANUFAC, METALS, and NATURAL PRODUCTS. Note
that the list of standard nomenclature is
not complete, but will be added to as needed.
Enter the source type as text from
Table A-l. This identifies the kind of
source within the source category. Examples
include INDUSTRIAL, INORGANIC ACIDS, PRIMARY
FERROUS, and WOOD.
Enter the product or device type as text
from Table A-l. This identifies the general
processes or the specific product. Examples
include BOILER, SULFURIC ACID, STEEL, and
PULP AND PAPER.
*In the Terminology Reference Manual.
4.2-2
-------
GROUP A — SOURCE DESCRIPTION — FORM 1
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD AO (cont.)
76-79 SIC Code
36-41
42-47
48-57
Blank
Process Type
Design Process Rate
Design Process Rate
Units
Feed Material
Category
58-80
Source Name*
Enter as a four-digit integer number the
U.S. Dept. of Commerce SIC Code for the
source. Use zeroes for unknown trailing
digits; e.g., textile mill products whose
SIC number is 22 would be entered as 2200.
(See the Standard Industrial Classification
Manual, Executive Office of the President ~
Office of Management and Budget, prepared by
the Statistical Policy Division, GPO Stock
No. 4101-0066, 1972.)
Leave blank.
Enter the process type as text from
Table A-l. This identifies the unique
process being tested. Examples include
TANGENTIAL, CONTACT PROCESS, BLAST FURNACE,
and SULFATE PULPING.
Enter the design capacity of the process as
a right-justified integer number.
Enter the units of the design process rate as
text from Table A-14. The units should
reflect the type of process tested.
Enter as text from Table A-2 the general
category of the process feed material or
fuel. A detailed description of this is
given at the test data level. Examples
include COAL, OIL, GAS, WOOD, SOLIDWASTE,
and MTL SCRAP.
Enter the name of the source as text.
*Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
4.2-3
-------
GROUP A — SOURCE DESCRIPTION — FORM 1
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD A2
16-40
41-60
Site Name*
Enter as text the name of the site where the
source is located.
Street/Box Number** Enter the number and name of the source/site
street address as text.
61-78
79-80
CARD A3
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
City**
State**
Zip Code**
Country
Blank
SODS TSN
GEDS TSN
Enter the name of the city, township or area.
Enter the two-letter code for the state or
Canadian province in which the source is
located. Use the standard nomenclature in
Table A-3.
Enter the zip code in which the source is
located.
Enter as text an abbreviation for the
country in which the source is located. Use
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-3.
Leave blank.
Enter the Solid Discharge Data System Test
Series Number associated with solid
discharge sample and analysis results
obtained from the same source during the
same sampling program, right-justified. If
none, leave blank.
Enter the Gaseous Emissions Data System Test
Series Number associated with gaseous
emission sample and analysis results
obtained from the same source during the
same sampling program, right-justified. If
none, leave blank.
*Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
**Leave blank for confidential or proprietary data.
4.2-4
-------
GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION - FORM 1
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD A3 (cont.)
41-45 LEDS TSN
46-54
55-60
61-66
46-55
56-58
59-80
Blank
Start Date
Finish Date
Blank
Sponsor
Organization
Contract Number
TO/TD Number
Name of Sampling
Group/Contractor
CARDS_A5_AND_A6
16-80
Reference Report
Title*
Enter the Liquid Effluent Data System Test
Series Number associated with liquid effluent
sample and analysis results obtained from the
same source during the same sampling program,
right-justified. If none, leave blank.
Leave blank.
Enter the start date as MM-DD-YY. This is
the starting date of the field sampling.
Enter the finish date as MM-DD-YY. This is
the finishing date of the field sampling.
Leave blank.
Enter the name of the organization who
sponsors the sampling program as text (e.g.,
EPA).
Enter the number of the sponsoring
organization contract as text.
Enter the EPA task order or technical
directive number as a right-justified integer.
Enter the name of the sampling group or
contractor as text. If there is more than
one sampling group, enter additional groups
in test series comments.
Enter the title of the report from which the
data are reported as text. Use both cards as
needed.
*Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
4.2-5
-------
GROUP A — SOURCE DESCRIPTION — FORM 1
Card Column Data Element Encoding Instructions
CARD A7
16-45 Reference Report Enter the name of the primary author of the
Author** report as last name, first name, and initial
(e.g., Doe, John A.)I.
46-65 Reference Report Enter as text the number, as assigned by the
Number** sponsoring organization, of the article or
report in which the data are reported.
66-80 Reference Report Enter the publication date of the report in
Publication Date** text form as month and year (e.g., July 1979)
CARD A8
16-35 Reference Report Enter the NTIS number of the report as text
NTIS Number
36-80 Blank Leave blank.
**Leave blank for confidential or proprietary data.
4.2-6
-------
GROUP B — TEST SERIES COMMENTS -- FORM 1
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD BO
16-17
18-80
Line Number
Test Series
Comments
Enter a sequential integer number for each
line of test series comments.
Enter test series comments as text.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
4.2-7
-------
GROUP C -- STREAM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS -- FORM 2
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD CO
7-8 Stream Number
16-21
32-35
36-38
39-41
Flowrate
22-27 Flowrate Units
28-31 Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture Content
42-46
47-80
Stack height
Stream Name
CARDS Cl AND C2
16-80 Stream Comments
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each gas stream sampled at the
source.
Enter as a decimal number the design total
volumetric flowrate of the gas in the sampled
stream at normal maximum operating
conditions. The decimal point is indicated.
Enter the flowrate units as text from
Table A-14 (e.g., m3/s).
Enter as a decimal number the design velocity
of the gas stream in m/sec at normal maximum
operating conditions. The decimal point is
indicated.
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
design temperature of the gas in the sampled
stream at normal maximum operating conditions
in units of degrees Celsius.
Enter as a decimal number the design absolute
pressure in units of kPa of the gas stream at
normal maximum operating conditions. The
decimal point is indicated.
Enter as a decimal number the design moisture
content in percent by volume of the gas
stream at normal maximum operating
conditions. The decimal point is indicated.
Enter as a decimal number the height of the
stack in meters, relative to ground level.
The decimal point is indicated.
Assign a name for each gas stream sampled at
the source (e.g., process heater flue gas,
boiler flue gas, air preheater gas, etc.) and
enter as text.
Enter stream comments as text. Use both
cards as needed.
4.2-8
-------
GROUP D ~ CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS -- FORM 2
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
18-37
38-70
36-47
48-77
78-80
Device Number
Generic Device/
Process Type
Design Type
Blank
Specific Process/
Device Type
Device/Process
Class
Device/Process
Cormiercial Name
Blank
Enter a serially assigned, right-justified
integer number for each control device and/or
treatment process. This number will remain
unique through the entire test series for a
specific control device/treatment process.
Up to five devices may be included per stream.
NOTE ~ Space for one control device/treatment
process is provided on Form 2. If
more then one device is encoded, do
not repeat CARDS CO, Cl, and C2 on
subsequent Form 2's for the same
stream.
Enter the type of generic process as text.
Use standard nomenclature provided in
Table A-4(a). If no control or treatment is
applied, enter "NONE". If not known, enter
"NOT SPECIFIED".
Enter the control device/treatment process
design type as text. Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-4(a). If
none, leave blank.
Leave blank.
Enter the control device/treatment process
specific type as text. Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-4(a). If
none, leave blank.
Enter the device/process class as text. Use
only standard nomenclature given in Table A-5.
Enter the device/process commercial name and
model number, if known, as text.
Leave blank.
4.2-9
-------
GROUP D -- CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS — FORM 2
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD D2
16-45
46-80
CARD D3
16-17,
48-49
18-47,
50-79
80
CARD D4
16-17
18-47
48
Manufacturer
Blank
Sequence Number
Device/Process
Keyword
Blank
Design
Parameter Number
Design
Parameter Name
Value Type
If cc 48 contains an N:
49-56 Number Value
57-80
Units
Enter the name of the device/process
manufacturer as text.
Leave blank.
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each device/process keyword to be
encoded. Enter first two keywords on the
first card (or line), etc. Add four more
cards as necessary.
Enter as text the word or words that best
describe the device/process in greater
detail. The selection of these keywords is
at the discretion of the encoder. Enter two
keywords per card.
Leave blank.
Enter a nonzero, sequential number (starting
from 1, right-justified) for the control
device design specification. Add five more
cards as necessary.
Enter as text the design specification as
standard nomenclature, from Table A-6(a).
Enter T if the parameter is a text parameter
or N if it has a number value. '
Enter the numeric value in the form
nnAnn E + nn.
Enter the units of the number value as text
from Table A-6(a).
4.2-10
-------
GROUP D ~ CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS -- FORM 2
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD D4 (cont.)
If cc 48 contains a T:
49-56 Blank
57-80 Text Value
Leave blank.
Enter the text value and any associated units.
4.2-11
-------
GROUP E - TEST IDENTIFICATION — FORM 3
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD EO
9-11 Test ID Number
16-21
22-25
26-29
30-60
61-64
65-80
CARD El
16-17
Test Date
Start Time
End Time
Operating Mode
Percent of Design
Capacity
Blank
Device/Process
Number
18-80
Blank
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each test. A test is defined as a
sample or series of samples at a particular
source/control operating condition at a given
point in time. This number may be serially
assigned by the user at the time the data is
encoded.
Enter the date the test was conducted or
begun as an integer number in the form
MM-DD-YY.
Enter the test starting time as a
right-justified integer number on the basis
of a 24-hour day (military time).
Enter the test finish time as a right-
justified integer number on the basis of a
24-hour day (military time).
Enter as text the mode of operation of the
source at the time of the test. Examples of
modes are batch, continuous, intermittent
cyclic, etc. '
Enter the percent of the design capacity at
which the source is operating during the time
of the test as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
Leave blank.
Enter the unique identifying number for each
control device or treatment process as
defined previously on CARD DO in this test
series.
NOTE — Space for two control device/treatment
processes is provided on Form 3. if
more than two devices are encoded do
not repeat CARD EO on subsequent *
Form 3's for the same Test ID.
Leave blank.
4.2-12
-------
GROUP E — TEST IDENTIFICATION — FORM 3
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD_E2
16-17
Operating Parameter
Number
18-47
48
Operating
Parameter Name
Value Type
If cc 48 contains an N:
49 >
50-56 Number Value
57-80 Units
If cc 48 contains a T:
49_56 Blank
57-80 Text Value
pflprK F7T E8. and E9
16-80 Comments
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each of the control
device/treatment process operating
parameters. Twenty-one more cards may be
added as needed, per device.
Enter the control device/treatment process
operating parameter as text using standard
nomenclature from Table A-6(a).
Enter N if the parameter has a number value,
and T if it is a text parameter.
If the value of the parameter is indicated to
be less than or greater than a value, enter
the appropriate sign here. Otherwise, leave
blank.
Enter the numeric value in the form
nAnn E + nn.
Enter the units of the number value as text,
from Table A-6(a).
Leave blank.
Enter the text value and any associated units
as text.
Enter comments pertaining to the test
operating conditions, as text.
NOTE: See Section 4.2 for a discussion of the labor saving feature for operating
parameters.
4.2-13
-------
GROUP F ~ FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS -- FORM 4
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD FO
16-45
46-62
63-67
68-73
74-79
80
CARD Fl
16-55
56-58
59-63
64-70
71-79
80
Source Feed
Material
Feed Material Rate
and Units
Feed Material
Sample Mass
Feed Material
Mass Units
Blank
Feed Material
Sequence Number
Laboratory Name
QA/QC Code
Feed Material
Sample Volume
Volume Units
Blank
Feed Material
Sequence Number
Enter as text the specific name of the source
feed material (e.g., Western PA Bituminous).
If data are not available, enter "NOT
SPECIFIED".
Enter the measured operating (not design)
input rate of the source as text with the
appropriate units.
Enter the mass of the feed material sample as
a decimal number. The decimal point is
indicated.
Enter the appropriate units of the sample
as text from Table A-14.
Leave blank.
Enter a sequential integer number to identify
each feed material or fuel type used.
Enter as text the name of the laboratory that
performed the fuels and/or feedstocks
analysis. If more than one laboratory was
used and the names do not fit here, include
one name here and the other(s) in the
comments on Form 5.
Enter the laboratory quality assurance/
quality control code, if known.
Enter the feed material sample volume as a
decimal number. The decimal point is
indicated.
Enter the appropriate volume units as text
from Table A-14.
Leave blank.
Same as CARD FO.
4.2-14
-------
GROUP F -- FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS — FORM 4
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD F2
16-31,
43-61
32-38,
62-68
39-42,
69-73
74-79
80
CARDF3
Proximate Analysis
Parameter
Parameter Value
Units
Blank
Feed Material
Sequence Number
16-25, 31-40, Ultimate Analysis
46-55, 61-70 Parameter
26-30, 41-45, Value
56-60, 71-75
76-79
80
Blank
Feed Material
Sequence Number
The parameter associated with a proximate
fuel analysis, as per ASTM D3172-73. This
is preprinted on the form.
Enter the value of the proximate analysis
parameter as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
These are preprinted on the form.
Leave blank.
Same as CARD FO.
The parameter associated with an ultimate
fuel analysis, as per ASTM D3176-74. This is
preprinted on the form.
Enter the value of the ultimate analysis
parameter as a decimal number, in units of
percent by weight. The decimal point is
indicated.
Leave blank.
Same as CARD FO.
28
Parameter
Name
Value Type
Enter as text the name of the fuels and
feedstocks parameter analyzed. Do not
include inorganic trace elements or organic
chemical species and compounds. Examples are
bulk density, viscosity, pour point, etc.
Enter N if the parameter has a number value
and T if it is a text parameter.
4.2-15
-------
GROUP F -- FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS -- FORM 4
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
Card F4 (cont.)
If cc 28 contains N:
29 >
30-36
37-54
Number Value
Units
If cc 28 contains T:
29-36 Blank
37-54 Text Value
For both cases (T and N):
55-56 Analytical Method
57-64
65-72
73-79
80
High Detection
Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit
Units
Feed Material
Sequence Number
If the value of the parameter is indicated to
be less than or greater than a value, enter
the appropriate sign here. Otherwise, leave
blank.
Enter the value of the fuels and feedstocks
parameter analyzed, in the form nAnn E + nn.
Enter the units of the parameter analyzed as
text, from Table A-14.
Leave blank.
Enter the text value and any associated units
as text.
Using the standard nomenclature in Table A-8
enter the two-character code for the chemical
analysis method used.
Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E ^ nn.
Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E _+ nn.
Enter the upper and lower detection limit
units as text from Table A-14.
Same as CARD FO.
4.2-16
-------
GROUP F — FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS — FORM 5
Card Column Data Element Encoding Instructions
Chemical ID Type Enter the chemical entry code which
determines the type of chemical ID used.
Enter the letter C for CAS number and M for
MEG number. Unlimited cards may be added as
needed.
17-26 Category/ Enter the chemical ID for the organic
Species ID category or species, or the inorganic
species, from Table A-7.
27-28 Analytical Method Enter the two-character code for the chemical
analysis method, from Table A-8.
29-36 High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.
37-44 Low Detection Limit Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.
45_52 Detection Limit Enter the upper and lower detection limit
Units units as text, from Table A-14.
53-60 Total Milligrams Enter as a decimal number the total
Recovered milligrams of the category/species found in
the sample. The decimal point is indicated.
51 > If the actual concentration is indicated to
be less than or greater than a value, enter
the appropriate sign here. Otherwise, leave
blank.
62-68 Actual Enter the concentration of the category/
Concentration species, in the form nAnn E + nn.
69-79 Actual Enter units of actual concentration as text,
Concentration Units from Table A-14.
90 Feed Material Same as CARD FO.
Sequence Number
4.2-17
-------
GROUP F — FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS — FORM 5
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARDS F7. F8. and F9
16-79 Comments
80
Feed Material
Sequence Number
Enter comments regarding the analysis of the
fuels and feedstocks, starting on CARD F7, as
text.
Same as CARD FO.
4.2-18
-------
GROUP H — SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION -- FORM 6
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
Sample Number
16
17-46
47-50
51-53
54-57
58-61
62-64
65-67
Method Type
Measurement Instru-
ment/Method Name
Sampling Start Time
Sampling Duration
Measured Stream
Velocity
Measured Stream
Temperature
Measured Stream
Pressure
Measured Stream
Moisture Content
Enter a sequential integer number for each
sample, unique within each Test ID. A sample
is defined as the measurement or group of
measurements taken with a single measurement
method to define the composition of a stream
at a given point in time. This number may be
assigned serially at the time the data is
encoded.
Enter the letter I if the measurement method
used is an inertia! impaction device (e.g.,
impactor, SASS train). Otherwise, enter X.
Enter the name of the measurement
instrument/method as text using the standard
nomenclature given in Table A-9(a), and
elaborate in comments if necessary. If not
known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".
Enter the start time of the sample collection
as a right-justified integer using military
time.
Enter the duration in minutes of the sample
collection activity as a right-justified
integer.
Enter as a decimal number the measured
velocity of the gas stream in units of
m/sec. The decimal point is indicated.
Enter as an integer number the measured
temperature of the gas stream in units of
degrees Celsius.
Enter as an integer number the measured
absolute pressure of the gas stream at the
sampling location in units of kPa.
Enter as a decimal number the measured
moisture content of the gas stream at the
sampling location in units of percent by
volume. The decimal point is indicated.
4.2-19
-------
GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION — FORM 6
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD HO (cont.)
68-70 Density
71
72-76
77-80
CARD HI
16-21
22-27
28-47
48-52
53-54
55-80
CARD H2
16
Density
Determination
Sample Volume
Blank
Measured Stream
Flowrate
Flowrate Units
Flowrate Measure-
ment Method
Sample Total Mass
Mass Units
Blank
Sampling Location
Code
Enter as a decimal number the particle
density of a fine parti cul ate laden gas
stream. The decimal point is indicated.
Units are
Enter the integer 1 for measured or 0
for assumed.
Enter as a decimal number the total gas
volume collected for the sample in units of
nH. The decimal point is indicated.
Leave blank.
Enter as a decimal number the measured total
volumetric flowrate of the gas stream at the
sampling location. The decimal point is
indicated.
Enter as text the units of the gas stream
flowrate, from Table A-14.
Enter as text the technique or equipment
which was used to determine the gas stream
flowrate using the standard nomenclature
provided in Table A-10.
Enter as a decimal number the total mass of
the sample collected. The decimal point is
indicated.
Enter as text the units of the sample total
mass, from Table A-14.
Leave blank.
Enter the code letter for the sampling
location as follows: I, inlet of control
device/treatment process or 0, outlet of
control device/treatment process. If the
source is uncontrolled, enter I.
4.2-20
-------
GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION -- FORM 6
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
£ard_H2 (cont.)
17-18
19-48
49-52
53-55
56-60
19-22
23-26
Device/Process
Number
Sampling Location
Description
Instrument
Temperature
Instrument Pressure
Instrument Flowrate
Blank
Percent Isokinetic
Sampling
CO-2
CO
Enter the integer number which identifies to
which device or process the sampling location
code refers (see CARD DO, columns 16-17).
Describe the sampling location in terms of
proximity to control devices and discharge
points. Enter as text any information that
affects the sampling and transport of
discharges or emissions. Identify any
sources of possible stratification. Be brief
and use abbreviations. Expand into comments
as necessary.
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
temperature of the sampling instrument in
degrees Celsius.
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
inlet absolute pressure of the sampling
instrument in kPa.
Enter as a decimal number the instrument
flowrate in liters/minute. The decimal point
is indicated.
Leave blank.
Enter the percent isokinetic sampling achieved
at the sampling location as a right-justified
integer number.
Enter the amount of CO;? as the percent of
total gas on a dry basis as determined by gas
analysis as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
Enter the amount of CO as the percent of
total gas on a dry basis as determined by gas
analysis as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
4.2-21
-------
GROUP H — SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION — FORM 6
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD H3 (cont.)
27-30 0-2
31-34
35-39
40
41
42-46
47
48-80
N-2
Dilution Factor
Particle Diameter
Basis
Particle
Concentration Basis
Upper Boundary
Diameter
Calibration/
Calculation
Blank
Enter the amount of 02 as the percent of
total gas on a dry basis as determined by gas
analysis as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
Enter the amount of N2 as the percent of
total gas on a dry basis as determined by gas
analysis as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
Enter the ratio of aerosol concentration
(either on mass basis or number basis) in the
original gas stream to that of the measured
sample as a decimal number. Enter 1 in card
column 38 if the aerosol is not diluted as is
the usual case when sampling with impactors.
Distortions in particle size distribution due
to the dilution system should be reported in
the appropriate comments. The decimal point
is indicated.
Enter the integer 0 for Stokes particle
diameter, 1 for classic aerodynamic particle
diameter, or 2 for aerodynamic impaction
particle diameter.
Enter the integer 1 if the instrument/method
measures mass or enter 0 if the instrument/
method measures number of particles.
Enter the upper boundary diameter value as
a decimal number in units of microns. The
decimal point is indicated.
Enter the integer 1 for calibrated
instrument cut diameters, or 0 for calculated
instrument cut diameters.
Leave blank.
4.2-22
-------
GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION -- FORM 6
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD H4
16-80
CARD H5
16-70
Trace Gases Enter the results of trace gas analysis as
text. Enter the chemical symbol followed by
a dash and the value in parts per million
(ppm) (e.g., S02-15). Separate multiple
entries by commas. Use sampling activity
comments for overflow space.
Collection Surface/ Enter as text a description of any surface
Substrate or substrate used for sampling. For
instruments for which no collection surface
is needed, encode NONE.
71-80
Blank
HARDS H6, H7, H8. and H9
16-80 Comments
Leave blank.
Enter as text comments on the sampling
activity.
4.2-23
-------
GROUP K - COMPONENT — FORM 7
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
NOTE: THIS FORM IS TO BE USED ONLY IF CHEMICAL OR RADIONUCLIDE DATA WILL BE
REPORTED FOR THE COMPONENTS ENCODED. IF SUCH DATA WILL NOT BE REPORTED
USE FORM 7 a AND OMIT FORM 7. ~ '
CARD KO
16-17
18-29
Component Sequence
Number
Component Name
30-33
Stage/Filter Cut
Size
34
35-41
Stage Weight
or Concentration
Enter a sequential integer number for each
component of the measurement method analyzed
starting with the largest cut size and
proceeding in decreasing size.
Enter the specific component of the sampling
equipment as text. For example, the
10 micron cyclone catch in a SASS train could
be a component name, or an impactor stage.
Use abbreviations if necessary and clarify in
comments on Form 6. If the sample is not
split into components, enter "TOTAL SAMPLE".
Enter the particle boundary diameter value as
a decimal number in units of microns. The
decimal point is indicated. If multiple
impactor stages or cyclones are combined to
be analyzed as a single component, enter the
lowest cut size.
If the stage weight or concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign.
Otherwise, leave blank.
Enter in the form nAnn E _+ nn, the stage
weight or concentration for this component.
If CARD HO, cc 16 = I (impactor),
then enter the stage weight in milligrams
(mg).
If CARD HO, cc 16 = X (other), and
CARD H3, cc 44 = 1 (mass),
then enter mass concentration in (ug/m3)
If CARD HO, cc 16 = X (other), and
CARD H3, cc 44 = 0 (number),
then enter number concentration in
(number/m^).
4.2-24
-------
GROUP K - COMPONENT — FORM 7
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD KO (cont.)
42-80
Chemical Analysis
Laboratory Name
Enter the name of the laboratory which
performed the chemical analysis on the
particulate samples as text.
18-20
21-23
24-63
64-70
71-75
18-29
Component Sequence
Number
Chemical Lab
QA/QC Code
Radionuclide
Laboratory
QA/QC Code
Radiological
Analysis Lab Name
Component Aliquot
Mass/Volume
Aliquot Units
Blank
Component Sequence
Number
Effluent
Parameter Name
30
Value Type
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the QA/QC code for the
chemical analysis laboratory, if known.
Enter the QA/QC code for the
radionuclide analysis laboratory, if known,
Enter the name of the laboratory which
performed the radionuclide analysis on the
particulate samples as text.
Enter the mass or volume of the sample
aliquot as a decimal number. The decimal
point is indicated.
Enter the units of the sample aliquot as
text, from Table A-14. These units will
identify the aliquot as mass or volume.
Leave blank
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the name of the effluent parameter
analyzed as text. This entry is intended to
accommodate any quantitative measurement on
the particulate sample with the exception of
organic and inorganic species measurements.
Examples are opacity, alkalinity, pH, etc.
Enter N if the parameter has a number value
and T if it has a text value.
4.2-25
-------
GROUP K -- COMPONENT -- FORM 7
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD K2 (cont.)
If cc 30 contains N:
31-35 Number Value
36-43
Value Units
If cc 30 contains T:
31-43 Text Value
For both cases (T and N):
44-45 Analytical Method
46-53 High Detection
Limit
54-60 Low Detection
Limit
61-69 Detection Limit
Units
70-80 Blank
CARDS K3 AND K4
16-17 Component Sequence
Number
18-80 Comments
Enter the value of the effluent parameter as
a decimal number. The decimal point is
indicated.
Enter the value units of the effluent
parameter as text, from Table A-14.
Enter the value and any associated units as
text.
Enter the two-character code for the analysis
method using the standard nomenclature
provided in Table A-8.
Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E _+ nn.
Enter the lower detection limit of
the analytical method in the form nAnn E + nn
Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.
Leave blank.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter comments on the effluent
characteristics as text.
4.2-26
-------
GROUP K — PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION DATA — FORM 7a
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
NOTE- IF NO CHEMICAL OR RADIONUCLIDE DATA WILL BE REPORTED FOR THE COMPONENTS
' ENCODED. USE THIS FORM 7a. IF SUCH DATA MILL BE REPORTED. USE FORNTTT"
Component Sequence Same as CARD KO. The numbers are printed
Number on the form.
18-29
30-33
34
35-41
Component Name
Stage/Filter Cut
Size
Stage Weight
or Concentration
42-80
Blank
Enter as text the name of the specific
component of the sampling equipment.
Examples are the 10 micron cyclone from a
SASS train or a Brink impactor stage.
Enter the particle boundary diameter value
as a decimal number in units of microns.
The decimal point is indicated.
If the stage weight or concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign.
Otherwise, leave blank.
Enter in the form nAnn E + nn, the stage
weight or concentration for this component.
If CARD HO, cc 16 = I (impactor),
then enter the stage weight in milligrams
(mg).
If CARD HO, cc 16 = X (other), and
CARD H3, cc 44 = 1 (mass),
then enter mass concentration in
If CARD HO, cc 16 = X (other), and
CARD H3, cc 44 = 0 (number),
then enter number concentration in
(number/m^).
Leave blank.
Note:
Data should be entered in order of decreasing stage/filter cut size.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
4.2-27
-------
GROUP L - INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 8
Card Column
CARD LQ
16-17
18
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
19-28
29-30
31-38
39-46
47-54
55-62
63
64-70
71-80
Component Sequence
Number
ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the chemical entry code which
determines the type of chemical ID used.
Enter the letter C for CAS number or M for
MEG number. Unlimited cards may be added as
needed.
Enter as text the inorganic or non-Level 1
organic species or compound ID for the
appropriate chemical entry code. Use the
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-7.
Enter the two-character code for the
appropriate analysis method using the
standard nomenclature in Table A-8.
High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Low Detection Limit Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Detection Limit
Units
Total Milligrams
Recovered
Actual Source
Concentration
Blank
Enter the upper and lower detection limit
units, from Table A-14.
Enter as a decimal number the total
milligrams of the species recovered from the
sample analyzed. The decimal point is
indicated.
If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.
Enter the concentration of the species
analyzed for this component in the form
nn. Units are ug/m^.
nAnn E
Leave blank.
4.2-28
-------
GROUP L — INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 8
Card Column Data Element Encoding Instructions
rARDS LI and 12
16-17 Component Sequence Same as CARD KO.
Number
18-80 Comments Enter inorganic/non-Level 1 organic analysis
comments as text.
4.2-29
-------
GROUP M - LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 9
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD MO
16-17
18-20
21-26
27-32
33
34-43
44-45
46-53
54-61
62-69
Component Sequence
Number
Fraction ID
TCO
GRAV
ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
Same as CARD KO.
Enter as text the organic fraction determined
by liquid chromatography per Level 1 analysis
procedures and designated LC1-LC7. Enter TOT
if the sample was not fractionated but TCO
and GRAV were done on the whole sample.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
Enter as a decimal number the total
chromatographable organics (TCO) measured for
each LC fraction in units of milligrams. The
decimal point is indicated.
Enter as a decimal number the weight in
milligrams of each LC fraction determined by
gravimetric analysis. The decimal point is
indicated.
The letter M is printed on the form as the
chemical entry code which identifies the type
of chemical ID used. The letter M is for MEG
number.
Enter as text the organic chemical category
or organic chemical species. Enter the
appropriate MEG ID number. Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-7.
Enter the two-character code for the
appropriate analysis method using the
standard nomenclature in Table A-8.
High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nn^nn E + nn.
Low Detection Limit Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nn^nn E + nn.
Detection Limit
Units
Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.
4.2-30
-------
GROUP M — LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 9
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD MO (cont.)
70-72 Intensity
73
74-80
Actual Source
Concentration
rARDS__Ml and M2
16-17
18-80
Component Sequence
Number
Comments
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
assigned intensity (in essence a weighting
factor) used to indicate relative presence of
chemical categories obtained from either
infrared (IR) or low resolution mass
spectrometry (LRMS) analysis data. Assigned
intensity values, either 100, 10, or 1, are
used to calculate concentration estimates.
An intensity is assigned for each category in
each LC fraction. Units are dimensionless.
If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.
Enter in the form nAnn E +_ nn, the
concentration of each category in each LC
fraction for this component. These values
are calculated from the assigned
intensities. Units are yg/nn.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter comments on the Level 1 Organic
Analysis as text.
4.2-31
-------
GROUP R — RADIONUCLIDE DATA — FORM 10
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD RO
16-17
18-25
26-27
28-35
36-43
44-51
52
53-59
Component Sequence
Number
Radionuclide ID
Analytical Method
Same on CARD KO.
Enter the name of the isotope assayed as
text. The name is given as a symbol and mass
number separated by a dash (e.g., RA-226, „
U-235, and BI-214). Unlimited cards may be
added as needed.
Enter the two-character code for the name of
the assay (analysis) method as text using
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-8.
High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the assay
method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit
Units
Actual Source
Concentration
60-80 Blank
CARDS Rl AND R2
16-17
18-80
Component Sequence
Number
Comments
Enter the lower detection limit of the assay
method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units from Table A-14.
If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.
Enter the actual source concentration of the
isotope for this component, in the form
nAnn E + nn. Units are
Leave blank.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter radionuclide data comments as text.
4". 2-32
-------
GROUP T — BIOASSAY DATA — FORM 11
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
41-70
24-29
30-80
Test Type
Test Name
Enter as text the name of the broad category
of bioassay test type using the standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-ll.
Enter as text the exact name of the bioassay
test (a subset of Test Type) using the
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-12.
71-76
77-80
CARp_J_l
16-56
57-59
60-65
66-71
72-80
CARP T2
16-23
Test Duration
Lab Sample ID
Test Lab Name
Bioassay QA/QC Code
Test Start
Test End
Blank
Sample Quantity
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
duration of the test in hours.
Enter as a right- justified integer number the
unique sample ID as assigned by the test lab.
Enter as text the name of the bioassay
testing laboratory.
Enter the bioassay laboratory QA/QC code, if
known.
Enter the start date of the bioassay test as
integer numbers, in the form MM-DD-YY.
Enter the end date of the bioassay test as
integer numbers, in the form MM-DD-YY.
Leave blank.
Enter as a right- justified integer number the
Sample Quantity
Units
Blank
value indicating the quantity of sample
submitted for analysis.
Enter as text the units of the sample
quantity submitted for analysis, from
Table A-14.
Leave blank.
4.2-33
-------
GROUP T -- BIOASSAY DATA — FORM 11
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD T3
16-80
CARD T4
16-19
20-26
27-34
35-41
42-48
49-56
57-65
66-79
Test Organisms/
Strains
Type of Value
Value
Value Units
High Confidence
Limit
Low Confidence
Limit
Maximum Applicable
Dose (MAD)
80
MAD Units
Level of Toxicity
Blank
Enter as text the name of the specific test
organism used. Multiple entries are
permitted for those assays in which more than
one organism is used. For example,
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1538 and TA-98 may
be used in the same Ames test. Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-13.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
Enter one organism/strain per card.
Depending on the assay, enter the value type,
such as LDso, EC50, or LC50, as text.
Enter the assay results value in the form
nAnn E + nn.
Enter the units of the assay results value as
text, from Table A-14.
Enter the upper confidence limit of the assay
results value in the form nAnn E +_ nn.
Enter the lower confidence limit of the assay
results value in the form nAnn E _+ nn.
Enter the technical limitation on the dose
allowed in a particular assay. The units
will vary according to the assay. For
example, Ames MAD = 5 mg/plate, RAM MAD =
1 mg/ml, RODENT MAD = 10,000 mg/kg. Enter in
the form nAnnn E + nn.
Enter the maximum applicable dose units as
text, from Table A-14.
Enter HIGH, MODERATE, LOU, or NOT DETECTABLE
as a qualitative expression of the bioassay
results based upon a predefined range in
LD50, EC50, or LC50, etc.
Leave blank.
4.2-34
-------
GROUP T — BIOASSAY DATA — FORM 11
Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
30-36
37-43
44-60
18-80
Bacteria Muta-
genicity Response
Minimum Effective
Concentration (MEC)
Minimum Effective
Concentration Units
Approximate Con-
centration Factor
Blank
Line Number
Comments
Enter POSITIVE or NEGATIVE to indicate
the Ames test response.
Enter the minimum effective concentration
(MEC). If a positive response is obtained
from an Ames test, the MEC is the minimum
concentration that gives a positive
response. Enter in the form nAnn E +_ nn.
Enter the units of the minimum effective
concentration as text, from Table A-14.
Enter the factor as text which accounts for
any aliquot taken during the bioassay lab
procedures. It does not refer to the process
stream flow.
Leave bl ank.
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
line number (i.e., 1, 2, 3...). Unlimited
cards may be added as needed.
Enter bioassay comments as text.
4.2-35
-------
TABLE 4-1. ENGINEERING UNITS
Since computer encoding of units does not allow the use of Greek letters
or lower case letters, the following protocol for the encoding of
engineering units is defined:
Base Units
Ampere
Curie
Day
Degree Celsius
Hour
Gram
Joule
Liter
Meter-
Metric ton
Mho (conductivity)
Minute
Ohm (resistance)
Pascal
Percent
Percent by volume
Percent by weight
Second
Watt
Adapted SI prefixes
Factor
1018
1012
109
106
103
10-2
10-3
10-6
10-9
10-12
Special Prefixes
Actual
Dry normal
Normal
Parts per
Prefix
exa
tera
giga
mega
kilo
centi
mi 11 i
micro
nano
pico
Encode
A
CI
DAY
C
HR
G
J
L
M
T
MHO
MIN
OHM
PA
*
% VOL
% WT
S
W
SI Symbol
E
T
G
M
k
c
m
y
n
P
Encode
A
DN
N
PP
Encode
E
T
G
M6
K
C
M
U
N
P
4.2-36
-------
TABLE 4-1. Concluded
Examples of Derived Units
Actual cubic meters
Centimeters
Centimeters/second
Cubic meters/second
Dry normal cubic meters
Grams per cubic centimeter (density)
Joule per hour
Kilogram
Kilograms of steam per hour
Kilojoules/kilogram (heat content)
Kilopascals (kPa) (pressure)
Kilowatt
Kilowatt-hour
Liters per second
Liters per minute
Megawatt
Meters per second
Metric tons per day
Micrograms (yg)
Microgram per cubic meter
Microgram per gram
Microgram per liter
Micro mho (conductivity)
Micron (ym)
Milligrams (mg)
Milligrams per plate
Milligrams per milliliter
Milligrams per kilogram
Milliliter
Normal cubic meters per minute
Parts per billion
Parts per million
Picocurie (pCi)
Picocuries per cubic meter
Picocuries per gram
Picocuries per liter
Square centimeters
Square meters (m?)
Encode
AM3
CM
CM/S
M3/S
DNM3
G/CM3
J/HR
KG
KG/HR
KJ/KG
KPA
KW
KWH
L/S
L/MIN
MW
M/S
T/DAY
UG
UG/M3
UG/G
UG/L
UMHO
UM
MG
MG/PLATE
MG/ML
MG/KG
ML
NM3/MIN
PPB
PPM
PCI
PCI/M3
PCI/G
PCI/L
CM2
M2
4.2-37
-------
TABLE 4-2. CONVERSION FACTORS TO METRIC UNITS
To Convert From:
acre
atmosphere
barrel
Btu
Btu/hour
Btu/pound (mass)
Btu/second
calorie (International Table)
degree Fahrenheit
foot
foot2
foot3
gallon
gallon
grain
grain/foot-^
horsepower
(550 foot-pound force/second)
inch
inch
inch2
inch^
inch of mercury (60°F)
inch of water (60°F)
kilocalorie
kilowatt-hour
liter
mil
mile (U.S. Statute)
mile/hour
ounce (mass AVDP)
ounce (U.S. fluid)
To:
meter?
pascal
meter-3
joule
watt
kilojoule/kilogram
watt
joule
degree Celsius
meter
meter2
meter3
liter
meter 3
milligram
gram/meter^
watt
centimeter
meter
meter2
meter^
pascal
pascal
joule
joule
meter3
meter
meter
meter/second
kilogram
meter^
Multiply By:
4.05 E +
1.01 E +
1.
1.
2.
2.
59
06
93
33
1.06
E -
E +
E -
E +
E +
03
05
01
03
01
00
03
4.19 E + 00
(tp-32) 5/9
3.05 E - 01
9.29 E - 02
2.83 E - 02
3.79 E + 00
3.79 E - 03
6.48 E + 01
2.29 E + 00
7.46 E + 02
2.
2,
6.
54
54
45
1.64
3.38
2.49 E +
00
02
04
05
03
02
4.19 E + 03
3.60 E + 06
1.00 E - 03
2.54 E - 05
1.61 E + 03
4.47 E - 01
2.83 E - 02
2.96 E - 05
4.2-38
-------
TABLE 4-2. Concluded
To Convert From: To: Multiply By:
pint (U.S. liquid) meter3 4.73 E - 04
pound (mass AVDP) kilogram 4.54 E - 01
pound/million Btu nanogram/joule 4.30 E + 02
pound/inch2 (psi) pascal 6.89 E + 03
pound/foot3 kilogram/meter3 1.60 E + 01
pound (thousands)/hour kilogram/second 1.26 E - 01
quart liter 9.46 E - 01
quart meter3 9.46 E - 04
ton (long = 2240 pounds) kilogram 1.02 E + 03
ton (short = 2000 pounds) kilogram 9.07 E + 02
tonne (metric ton) kilogram 1.00 E + 03
yard meter 9.14 E - 01
4.2-39
-------
SECTION 5
DATA SUBMITTAL
5.0 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this section is to provide users of the FPEIS with
Instructions for submitting new data for entry to the FPEIS data base and
to describe the quality assurance and quality control activities which
vnll be performed on all data submitted. Previous sections in this User
Guide have discussed how the sampling data are to be organized and encoded
on the FPEIS Data Input Forms. This section will provide the protocol for
transferring the data from the data sheets to a form that can be read by
the computer. Once this step is completed, instructions are given
regarding to whom the data should be sent and what documentation should be
provided. Next, the review cycle by the EADS Technical Support Staff is
described. The function of the EDIT program and LOADER program is
discussed, and the output of each program is described and interpreted.
5.0-1
-------
5.1 DATA INPUT FORM PROCESSING
The FPEIS data input forms are designed to be entered into the
computer initially as 80-character records either as computer cards or
card images that can be interpreted by the UNI VAC U-1100 computer. It is
the responsibility of the submitter to ensure that the data are keypunched
and verified. The character set to be used should be compatible with the
IBM 029 set.
Cards should be segregated by Test Series Number (TSN) and should
be packaged in boxes (if they are to be mailed). Data may be submitted on
magnetic tape; however, before attempting to do so, the user should
contact the EADS Program Manager for guidance. The manner in which
computer tapes are formatted and read varies widely; thus, each tape
submittal must be handled differently. The EADS Technical Support Staff
will coordinate information between the user and the National Computer
Center staff to ensure that the user's tape will be compatible with the
UNIVAC U-1100. Magnetic tapes to be mailed should be packaged properly in
specially-designed tape containers for shipment. Such containers are
generally available in most data centers.
When the data input forms have been converted into a
machine-readable format for the computer, the submitter should retain the
data forms for reference until the test series has been loaded into the
data base.
5.1-1
-------
5.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
All data in machine-readable format (usually cards) should be sent
to the EADS Program Manager accompanied by a cover letter that describes
each test series submitted. A sample cover letter is given in
Figure 5-1. The complete address is as follows:
Gary L. Johnson
EADS Program Manager
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Mail Drop 63
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
REMINDER: No test series should be submitted until it has been assigned a
unique Test Series Number (TSN) by the EADS Program Manager. As described
in Section 4, the TSN must be encoded in columns 2-6 on each card
submitted. If a permanent TSN has not been assigned, then the encoder
should write or call the EADS Program Manager prior to submitting the data.
Once the data have been received, the encoder will be sent a letter
acknowledging receipt of the data and notifying him that EDIT processing
of the data has commenced. A sample acknowledgement letter is given in
Figure 5-2.
In some cases, EADS users will have the facilities available to
directly submit the test series cards to the National Computer Center.
This is allowed; however, the submittor should contact the EADS Program
Manager for technical guidance prior to doing so.
5.2-1
-------
Gary L. Johnson
EADS Program Manager
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Mail Drop 63
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
Dear Mr. Johnson:
Enclosed you will find punched cards for FPEIS Test Series 200 GEDS Test
Series 27, LEDS Test Series 352, and SDDS Test Series 14. These test
series represent multimedia sampling performed at a confidential power
plant site as part of EPA Contract No. 68-02-9999.
Very truly yours,
John A. Doe, Ph.D.
Ozone National Laboratory
Enclosure
Figure 5-1. Sample data submittal letter.
5.2-2
-------
Dr. John A. Doe
Ozone National Laboratory
1234 Anystreet Drive
Hometown, CA 99999
Dear Dr. Doe:
This letter is to acknowledge our receipt of source testing data for
the following data bases and test series: FPEIS TSN 200, GEDS TSN 27,
LEDS TSN 352, and SDDS TSN 14.
In a short time, you will be contacted by the EADS Technical Staff re-
garding any corrections to the data that may be required prior to load-
ing tne ^ata *nto t*ie appropriate media data base.
Thank you very much for your support of the EADS. If you have any ques-
tions, please feel free to call me at (919) 541-2745.
Very truly yours,
Gary L. Johnson
Program Manager (MD-63)
Figure 5-2. Sample data submittal acknowledgement letter,
5.2-3
-------
5.3 REVIEW AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURES
The responsibility for determining the validity of the data
submitted lies with the encoder; however, the EADS Technical Staff will
assist the encoder by identifying errors that must be corrected before the
data can be loaded into the data base.
Upon receipt of the card deck (or decks) submitted by the encoder,
the EADS Program Manager's office will load the cards into a card-image
file on the UNIVAC U-1100 computer at Research Triangle Park, NC. The
appropriate EADS Technical Staff persons will be notified that a new test
series has been received and that quality assurance (QA) activities may
begin for that test series.
The EADS QA activities are shown schematically in Figure 5-3. The
test series received will be processed through the EADS EDIT program which
will produce a SERIES Report-format listing of the input data, a list of
all errors detected, and a list of all cards contained in the test
series. The EDIT program is described in detail in Section 5.4 which
follows. Initially, the EADS Technical Staff will review the EDIT report
and will identify any obvious errors. These errors will be corrected by
the Technical Staff and a new EDIT report will be produced. It should be
noted that by "obvious errors" we are referring to errors such as
encoding, keypunching, or spelling errors, etc. The Technical Staff
cannot and will not attempt to correct any data with respect to accuracy
or validity, or otherwise pass engineering judgment on the submitted data,
etc. Any errors in measurement data or descriptive data must be
identified and corrected by the encoder of the data.
The corrected EDIT report will be mailed to the encoder for his
review. Any changes to the data should be marked legibly on the
5.3-1
-------
r
Cards
Edit
program
Data file
(intermediate
storage)
Loader
EADS staff
review
Sampling
contractor
rev i ew
Error list
Report
(test series
format)
EADS
data
base
Report
Test series
report
Figure 5-3. QA procedure.
-------
printout. Telephone interaction with the EADS Technical Staff to answer
questions, or to clarify data as they are encoded, is encouraged. The
marked EDIT report with the corrections should be returned to the
Technical Staff promptly. The Technical Staff will implement the
recommended changes and will produce another EDIT report. If no errors
are detected, the EDIT report will be returned to the encoder for final
verification. If the encoder is satisfied that the data are correct (and
valid) as submitted, then he should notify the Technical Staff that the
data are ready to load into the data base. If any errors remain after
review by the encoder, the changes should again be marked on the EDIT
report and it should be returned to the Technical Staff. This corrective
action QA cycle will be repeated until the submittor okays the data for
data base entry. No data will be loaded until encoder approval is
^btained.
Once final approval of the data is received from the submittor, the
test series is processed through the LOAD program, which actually loads
the sampling activity results into the SYSTEM 2000^data base
management structure described in Section 2. The specific details of the
LOAD program are given in Section 5.4, following.
When the test series has been loaded into the data base, a copy of
the SERIES report (see Section 7) will be sent to the submittor to
acknowledge the event. At this point, the contents of the test series are
available to be compared with any other data contained in the data base;
that is, only now will the test series be available for public access.
5.3-3
-------
5.4 EDIT/LOAD PROGRAMS
5.4.1 EDIT Program
The EADS EDIT program provides three functions on the data being
submitted for entry to the EADS data base. First, it processes and lists
all input cards for a test series, duplicating or filling data fields on
cards as instructed by the Repetitive Data Feature protocol (described in
Section 4). Second, the EDIT program produces a report that is formatted
similarly to the SERIES Report, which allows visual editing to be done in
a format familiar to the user. Third, the program performs values and
range checks on input data fields, such as those fields that require
standard nomenclature, and lists any errors detected. The EDIT program
does not replace actual reviewing of the data by the EADS Technical Staff
or, more importantly, by the submitter of the data.
An example EADS EDIT is given in Figure 5-4. Each page in the
SERIES report format has the form number given in the upper right corner
that identifies the data input form on which the data were encoded. It
should be noted that in the SERIES report format all analytical codes have
been translated into the full description and all chemical ID's have been
expanded to report both the MEG ID and the CAS Number, the chemical
preferred name and any synonyms, and the chemical formula. The EDIT
report reflects the data as they are encoded, that is, the format follows
the pyramid structure form by form. This means that the chemical data
(Non-Level 1 Organic/Inorganic and Level 1 Organic) at the SAMPLE level in
the data base are summarized by COMPONENT. The actual SERIES report
differs from this in that the chemical data are summarized by chemical
species (or Level 1 fraction). The same is true for the radionuclide
5.4-1
-------
data. The EADS user should refer to Section 7 for more details on the
SERIES report.
The FPEIS EDIT program provides a special data reduction feature
for users: particle data collected using impaction-type samplers
(including impactors, cyclones, etc.) may be reduced to particle size
distributions by calculations, contained in the EDIT program. As described
in Section 3, the particle data are input to the EDIT as stage or
component masses. The calculations produce on a particle size basis the
following data:
Micrograms per Dry Normal Cubic Meter
Cumulative Percent of Mass Smaller Than Size
Cumulative Micrograms per Actual Cubic Meter Smaller Than Size
Cumulative Micrograms per Dry Normal Cubic Meter Smaller Than
Size
Geometric Mean Diameter
DM/DlogD
DN/DlogD
The calculated parameters from the data reduction calculations will be
stored in the data base. After the calculated parameters are checked and
verified in the EDIT program, along with the other encoded data, the
completed input file will be loaded into the data base through the LOAD
program.
Following the listing of the input in the SERIES (EDIT) format, a
summary of administrative data is presented on the TEST SERIES. The
submittor is identified as well as the sponsor, contract number, etc. The
principal milestones in the EDIT review cycle are documented.
5.4-2
-------
After the administrative data, all of the input cards are listed
and numbered sequentially as received. This provides an easy reference to
the card images when errors are found. The EADS Technical Staff will
correct any errors in this card image file using the UNIVAC Text Editor,
which allows on-line changes to be made.
Following the listing of the input data cards, the ERROR file is
printed. The ERROR file contains a list of all of the errors detected by
the EDIT program. For each input card on which an error is found, the
card number and entire card text are printed, the error number is given,
the type of error (F = fatal or W = warning) is given, the data base
component number affected is shown, and the error message is listed. The
complete list of error messages is given in Appendix A.I. The format for
the ERROR file data is shown below:
15 F000110100101K001
No. Type Component Message
163 F C1305 Component Name Missing
The user may refer to the Glossary of Data Elements in Appendix A.3
for a complete description of the component number. It should be noted
that the ERROR file will only identify those fields left out or those
having standard nomenclature to which comparisons may be made. As stated
previously, the ERROR file does not replace visual checking of the data by
the Technical Staff or validation of the data by the submittor.
5.4.2 LOAD Program
After the data have been reviewed completely and have been approved
for data base entry, the LOAD program is used to enter the test series
into the data base. Loading of the data base is accomplished by the EADS
Technical Staff. The LOAD program has no specific output like the EDIT
5.4-3
-------
program. Verification of data loading is made by the Technical Staff by
checking the data base. Successful completion of the loading process will
be acknowledged to the submitter of the data by his receipt of the SERIES
report print-out.
The operation of the LOAD program is basically simple. The
expanded EDIT-LOAD file is the input file to the LOAD program. The file
is segmented into blocks of data which represent the principal levels of
the data base structure. Using the Test Series Number, Stream Number
Sample Number, and Component Number as indices, the data are loaded into
(fr.
the SYSTEM 2000V~'pyramid structure through a mechanism called Procedure
Language Interface (PLI), a major feature of SYSTEM 2000^-; The reader
(T;
is referred to the appropriate SYSTEM 2000^documentation for a
complete discussion of the PLI feature.
5.4-4
-------
FPEIS SERIES REPORT
PAGE 1
FORM 1 DATE 04/02/80
TEST SERIES NO: 103 DESCRIBES SAMPLING AT SITE FROM 08/27/77 TO 09/01/77 BY ACUREX
SPONSOR ORGANIZATION: EPA
CONTRACT NUMBER: 68-02-2160
TASK/DIRECTIVE NUMBER: 123
SOURCE DESCRIPTION-
SOURCE CATEGORY:
SOURCE TYPE:
PRODUCT/DEVICE:
PROCESS TYPE:
DESIGN PROCESS RATE:
FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY:
COMBUST-ENERGY
UTILITY
BOILER
TANGENTIAL
200 MH
COAL
SOURCE NAME:
SITE NAME;
ADDRESS:
NPDES NUMBER:
UNIT A
KINGSTON STEAM PLANT
KINGSTON ,TN
00000
27607 USA
EADS WASTE STREAM DATA BASES-
WASTE STREAM DATA FROM OTHER MEDIA WHICH WERE COLLECTED CONCURRENTLY WITH THIS TEST SERIES
ARE AS FOLLOWSCTEST SERIES NUMBER-TSN):
FPEIS TSN: 00000
LEDS TSN: 00102
GEDS TSN: 00101
SDDS TSN: 00100
REFERENCE REPORT-
cn
I
en
TITLE
AUTHOR
SPONSOR REPORT NUMBER
NTIS NUMBER
PUBLICATION DATE
FIELD TESTING OF A TANGENTIAL COAL-FIRED UTILITY BOILER—
EFFECTS OF COMBUSTION MODIFICATION NOX CONTROL ON MULTIMEDIA EMIS
HIGGEBOTHAM E B
ACUREX REPORT 79-337 APRIL 1979
TEST SERIES COMMENTS-
01 LEVEL 1 TESTING FOR EFFECTS DUE TO NOX COMBUSTION MODIFICATIONS
02 TEST tl BASELINE
03 TEST *2 BURNERS OUT OF SERVICE
04 TEST t3 BIASED FIRING
figure 5-4. Sample EDIT output.
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NO: 01
FORM 2
PAGE 2
DATE 04/02/80
EFFLUENT STREAM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS-
STREAM NAME; BOILER FLUE GAS
STREAM DESIGN DATA AT SOURCE
MOISTURE CONTENT= 3. t, pcT MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE= 123.4 M3/SEC VELOCITY= 45.6 M/S
TEMPERATURE= 100 C PRESSURE' 1.20 KPA STACK HEIGHT= 100.I METERS
COMMENTS:
FLUE GAS INLET TO ID FAN
SIGNIFICANT PITTING NOTED IN ID FAN BLADES.
CONTROL/TREATMENT SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
DEVICE 01
tn
i
o>
GENERIC SYSTEM TYPE:
MECHANICAL COLLECTOR
DESIGN TYPE: CYCLONES
SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE: DUSKOLECTOR
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORDS: 01
02
03
DEVICE CLASS:
COMMERICAL NAME:
MANUFACTURER:
CONVENTIONAL
DUSKOLECTOR
DUSKOLECTOR,INC,
HIGH PRESSURE
LOU ENERGY
STAINLESS STEEL
DEVICE/PROCESS DESIGN PARAMETERS:
01 PRESSURE DROP
02 DESIGN EFFICIENCY
03 DESIGN TEMPERATURE
04 DESIGN FLOW RATE
05 DESIGN POWER CONSUMPTION
2.60E+00 KPA
9.00E+01 % AT 100 M3
150-250 C
1 .OOE+02 M3/S
1.50E+00 KWH
DEVICE 02
GENERIC SYSTEM TYPE: ESP
DESIGN TYPE: SINGLE STAGE ESP
SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE; PLATE
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORDS: 01 HOTS1DE
02 DRY
03 HI VOLTAGE
DEVICE CLASS:
COMMERICAL NAME:
MANUFACTURER:
CONVENTIONAL
R/C MODEL 16A
RESEARCH-COTTRELL
DEVICE/PROCESS DFSIBN PARAMETERS: 01 PLATE AREA
2.00E+02 M2
-------
02 PLATE-PLATE SPACING 1.25E+00 CM
03 DESIGN MASS EFFICIENCY 98 %
04 BULK LINEAR VELOCITY 2.80E+01 M/S
05 DESIGN PRESSURE DROP 5.49E-01 KPA
Ul
-------
TCST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NO: 01
FORM ZA
PAGE 5
DATE 0
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NO: 01
TEST ID NO: 001
FORM 3
PAGE <»
DATE 0
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00105
STREAM NO: 01
TEST ID NO: 001
FORM
PAGE
DATE
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS CHARACTERISTICS
SOURCE FUEL/FEED MATERIAL: COAL FEED MATERIAL RATE: 8.66 KG/SEC
NAME OF ANALYTICAL LABORATORY: COMMERCIAL TESTING AND ENGINEERING CO. QA AUDIT CODE: 026
SAMPLE MASS: 1.50 KG SAMPLE VOLUME: 3.« N3
PROXIMATE ANALYSIS:
MOISTURE
ASH
VOLATILE MATTER
FIXED CARBON
SULFUR
HEAT CONTENT
2.0 XHT
19.6 XHT
31.8 XHT
46.5 XWT
2.2 XWT
36288. J/G
ULTIMATE ANALYSIS:
I
o
PARAMETER
CARBON
HYDROGEN
SULFUR
NITROGEN
ASH
MOISTURE
OXYGEN
PERCENT BY HEIGHT
63.1
2.2
19.6
2.0
7.3
CHARACTERISTICS:
PARAMETER
ANALYTICAL METHOD
HIGH LOW DETECTION
DETECTION DETECTION LIMIT
LIMIT LIMIT UNITS
VALUE
UNITS
DENSITY
PH
COLOR
OTHERCSEE FUEL AND FEEDSTOCK COMMENTS)
WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (NOT SPECIFIED)
OTHERCSEE FUEL AND FEEDSTOCK COMMENTS)
1.40E+01 1.50E-01
2.5 G/CNJ
8.5
BLACKISH GRAY
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NOS 01
TEST ID NO: 001
PAGE 6
FORM 5 DATE 04/02/80
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS CHARACTERISTICS CONTD
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS: THE CHEMICAL DATA ARE LISTED IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER
MEG NUMBER CAS NUMBER PREFERRED CHEMICAL NAME
OTHER NAME COMMONLY USED
ANALYTICAL METHOD
EMPIRICAL FORMULA
DETECTION LIMITS
TOTAL CONCEN-
MG TRATION
RECOVERED (UG/M3)
56
en
37
74
72
46
71
76
07440-59-3 BARIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
BARIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-41-7 BERYLLIUM- FREE AMD COMBINED
GLUCINIUM
BERYLLIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-42-8 BORON- FREE AND COMBINED
BORON- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-47-3 CHROMIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
CHROMIUM- FREE AMD COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-48-4 COBALT- FREE AND COMBINED
COBALT- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07439-87-6 IRON- FREE AND COMBINED
IRON- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTRDMETRY
07439-92-1 LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
MANGANESE- FREE AND COMBINED
MANGANESE- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-02-0 NICKEL- FREE AND COMBINED
NICKEL- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
BA
3.00E+03 5.00E-04 MG
BE
3.00E+03 5.00E-04 MG
B
CR
CO
FE
PB
MN
NI
12.123 >1.20E+02
11.543 1.40E+00
1 .OOE + 00
2.60E+01
8.60E+00
6.40E+03
1.40E+01
1.70E+01
6.00E-01
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS COMMENTS--
SAMPLE TAKEN 5 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL.
BELOW 5-METER LEVEL WAS FROM DIFFERENT SOURCE.
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00105 STREAM NOJ 01 TEST ID NO: 001 SAMPLE NO: 01 PAGE 7
FORK 6 DATE 04/02/'80
SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT/METHOD NO: 00 NAME: SASS TRAIN HITH/CYCLONES SAMPLING START TIME: 1234 DURATION: 1 MIN
SAMPLING CONDITIONS— MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOMRATE= 1.2 L/S FLOWRATE METHOD: PITOT TUBE TEMPERATURE* 45 C
MOISTURE CONTENT= 6.6 PCT VELOCITY' 12.3 M/SEC PRESSURE= 46 ICPA
SAMPLE DENSITY= 2.5 G/CM3 DENSITY DETERMINATION: ASSUMED
SAMPLING LOCATION CODE* INLET SAMPLING LOCATION DESCRIPTION: 3.5 M FROM ESP INLET
VOLUME OF SAMPLE COLLECTED= 1.20 M3 TOTAL MASS OF SAMPLE COLLECTED= 100.00 MG
MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT: TEMPERATURE* 80 C INLET PRESSURE' 5 KPA FLOW RATE= 5.2 L/MIN
COLLECTION SURFACE/SUBSTRATE: NONE
PERCENT ISOKINETIC SAMPLING* 92 GAS ANALYSIS (PCT BY WEIGHT)— C02= 1.20 C0= 1.30 02= 1.40 N2= 81.50
OTHER TRACE GASES (IN PPM): S02-250,N02-55 DILUTION FACTOR= 1.3
CJi
•
-P»
_J_, PARTICLE DIAMETERS ARE DEFINED ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING DEFINITION: CLASSIC AERODYNAMIC
ro
PARTICLE DIAMETERS HERE DETERMINED FROM CALIBRATION
COMMENTS ON THE SAMPLING ACTIVITY-
THE IO-UM AND 3.5-UM CYCLONES HERE COMBINED.
THE 1.0-UM CYCLONE AND FILTER CATCH WERE COMBINED.
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NQ: 01
TEST 10 NO: 001
SAMPLE N0» 01 COMPONENT NO: 01
FORM 7
PAGE 8
DATE 04/02/80
COMPONENT NAME: 10+3.5 CYC STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE: 3.50 UM MASS: 1.23E+02 U6/M3
CHEMICAL LABORATORY QA AUDIT CODE: 024 RADIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OA AUDIT CODE: 019
RADIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY NAME: FONDA NUCLEAR LABS
COMPONENT (ALiQuoT)voLUME; 1.230 MG
EFFUENT CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY-
PARAMETER
ANALYTICAL METHOD
HIGH LOU DETECTION
DETECTION DETECTION LIMIT
LIMIT LIMIT UNITS
VALUE
UNITS
OPACITY
PH
OTHER (SEE COMMENTS)
WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (NOT SPE
1.50E+01 1.75E+01
5.0
5.6-6.3
in
COMMENTS:
OPACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
NO MIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS MERE MADE.
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103 STREAM NO! 01 TEST ID NO: 001 SAMPLE NO: 01 COMPONENT NO: 01
INQRGANIC/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DATA SUMMARY
THE CHEMICAL DATA ARE GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER:
FORM 8
PAGE ?
DATE 04/02/80
MEG NUMBER CAS NUMBER SPECIES PREFERRED NAME
OTHER NAMES COMMONLY USED
ANALYTICAL METHOD
HIGH/LOW DETECTION LIMIT AND UNITS
EMPIRICAL FORMULA
TOTAL STAGE CONCEN-
MG SIZE TRATION
RECOVERED (UM) (UG/M3)
41A100 07440-28-0 THALLIUM
THALLIUM
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
99A100 07440-61-1 URANIUM
URANIUM METAL
URANIUM
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
TL
12.567 3.50 <1.23E-01
12.543 3.50 3.23E-I-00
cn
'-F*
i
COMMENTS:
REPLICATES HERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
-------
II M M K II '. Nil: III! Ill \
'.I VI AM Nil: III
II M II) NO: Dili
'.AMPM NO: III
(•.I1HPMNI III 111): III
I I VI I I OHI.ANIC IXIKACIIDN SUMMARY
MM 1XIINDII) CIIIMICAI DA I A AKI CIVIN IN I Ml HIM INC. MKDIR:
HI r. NIIMIII H ( A 11 r.MKY/spi t: 11s NAMI
AMAI V I I CAI Ml 111(11)
II II.M/I DM 1)1 I I C I KIN I I Ml IS AND UN M S
IRAC!ION
in
INIt NSITY
rn«H 9
PAr.r 10
DMT O'./O?/RO
TSTI MATSD
CDNCrHI RAT ION
UJMXM3)
tn
III
nil
I?
16
I 1
in
Al I THAI 1C im)RO(.ARMONS
A I DM 1C AIISOKP I I UN MM C I H IIMI I K Y
I . II III i OS I . II (If (16 Ml.
CARIIMXYI 1C ACIDS AND 1)1 K I VA I I VI %
A KIM 1C AHMIk'I'l ION '.IT C I KOMI I K Y
I . 001 i 0'. I . 111)1 tl'i Mi;
NI IRMSAMINI S
AIIIMIC AIISOKI' I KIN SIM C 1 KOMI I K Y
1 . dill I (I1, I .01)1 06 Ml,
HAi.oni NAirn AROMAIIC COMCOIINDS
AIIIMIC ADSORPTION SPfCIRUMIIRV
1 . Ill) I I OS 1 . (101 -04 MH
A/0 COMPOUNDS, HYDRA/INT DPRIVATIVr
AIIIMIC AIISORIM ION SPfCIROMI.INY
I . 0(11 i O1, 1 . 001 -(>'• HP,
suiroNic ACIDS AND rr,r(Rr>, s
A I DM 1C AIISORP1 ION SIM C I ROMI T H Y
i . nor 1 1)') i . nor -06 Mf;
PII r NO i s
AKIMIC ABSORPTION SPrCTROMriRY
I . 0(1! tOS 1 . 001 -O'i MO
LCI
LC?
I CJ
LC4
LC5
LC6
LC7
10
10
100
10
10
100
100
1.OOE-06
1.02E-01
. 22E-0'.
1.?9E-01
. 36E-0
-------
irsi "".rffiri Nti; nnin.i
r.(BTAH NO= 01
n ST in NO; 001
NO: 01
COMPONENT NO: 01
FORM 10
PAtiC
DATE
1 1
inr OAIA SUMMAPY-
mi
CnNCI NI8ATION
(rCI'M.1) ANALY1ICAL METHOD
HIGH LOU DETECTION
DETECTION DETECTION LIMIT
LIMIT LIMIT UNITS
KR-8r>
CS-IJ6
CF-l'.l
xr-isr>
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NO: 01
TEST ID NO: 001
SAMPLE NO: 01 COMPONENT NO: 02
FORM 7
PAGE 12
DATE 04/02/80
COMPONENT NAME: 1 UM CYC+FIL STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE: .30 UM MASS: 1.23E+02 UG/M3
CHEMICAL LABORATORY QA AUDIT CODE: 024 RADIOLOGICAL LABORATORY QA AUDIT CODE: 019
RADIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY NAME: FONDA NUCLEAR LABS
COMPONENT (ALIQUOT)VOLUME: 1.230 MG
EFFUENT CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY-
PARAMETER
ANALYTICAL METHOD
HIGH LOW DETECTION
DETECTION DETECTION LIMIT
LIMIT LIMIT UNITS
VALUE
UNITS
OPACITY
PH
OTHER (SEE COMMENTS)
WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (NOT SPE
1.50E+01 1.75E+01
5.0
5.6-6.3
tn COMMENTS:
OPACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
NO MIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS MERE MADE.
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103 STREAM NO: 01 TEST ID MO: 001 SAMPLE NO: 01 COMPONENT NO: 02
JNORGANIC/NOH-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DATA SUMMARY
THE CHEMICAL DATA ARE GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER:
PAGE 13
FORM 8 DATE 04/02/80
MEG NUMBER CAS NUMBER
SPECIES PREFERRED NAME
OTHER NAMES COMMONLY USED
ANALYTICAL METHOD
HIGH/LOW DETECTION LIMIT AND UNITS
EMPIRICAL FORMULA
TOTAL STAGE CONCEN-
MG SIZE TRATION
RECOVERED (UM) IUG/MJ)
32
07439-92-1 LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
ATONIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-41-7 BERYLLIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
GLUCINIUM
BERYLLIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
PB
BE
12.567 .30 <1.23E-01
12.543 .30 3.23E+00
Ol
COMMENTS:
REPLICATES HERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
l
CO
-------
II r,T r,l RH S NO: 001115
MRFAM N(i: 01
TFST in NO: 001
TiAMPtE NO: 01 COMPONENT NO: 02
LEVFL 1 ORGANIC FX1RACTHIN SUMMARY
THE EXTFNOFD CIIFMICAL DATA ARE GIVEN IN FOLLOWING ORDER:
MEG NUMBER CAIFGORY/SPICn S NAME
ANALYTICAL MFTIIOD
HIGH/LOW DETECTION LIMITS AND UNITS
01
UD
12
16
11
I't
IS
ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
l.OOE+05 l.OOE-06 MG
CARROXYLIC ACIDS AND DERIVATIVES
ATOMIC ADSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
1 .ODE+05 1 .OOE-04 MG
NITROSAMINFS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
l.OOE+05 l.OOE-06 MG
HALOGENATED AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
1.OOE+05 I.OOE-04 MG
AZO COMPOUNDS, HYDRAZINE DERIVATIVES
ATOMIC ADSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
l.OOE + 05 1.00E-0
-------
5T SERIES NOt 00103
STREAM NO: 01
TEST ID MO: 001
SAMPLE NO: 01 COMPONENT MO'- 02
BATA SUMMARY —
CONCENTRATION
RADIONUCLICE
(PCI/M3)
ANALVTICAt METHOD
HIGH LOW DETECTION
DETECTION DETECTION LIMIT
LIMIT LIMIT UNITS
KR-85
CS-136
CF-141
XE-135
<1,33E-05
4.32E-02
<5. OOE-05
4.32E-02
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
1
1
1
1
.OOE+10
.OOE+10
.00E+10
.OOE+10
1
1
I
1
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
PCI/H3
PCIAM3
PCI/M3
PCI/M3
COMMENTS:
CS CONCENTRATION MAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
ro
o
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103 STREAM NO: 01 TEST ID NO: 001 SAMPLE NO: 01 PAGE 16
FORM 11 DATE 04/02/BO
BIOASSAY SUMMARY DATA
TYPE OF ASSAY: MUTAGENICITY NAME OF TESTING LAB: LOVE CANAL ANALYTICAL LAB
TEST NAME: AMES QA AUDIT CODE-. 034 TEST START DATE: 12/31/73
FINISH DATE: 01/01/79
ASSAY SAMPLE NO: 234 TEST DURATION: 1000 MRS. ASSAY SAMPLE QUANTITY= 234 MG
TEST ORGANISMS/STRAINS USED:
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-98
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1535
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1537
ASSAY RESULTS;
LD50 = 1.23E-01MG/M3 CONFIDENCE LIMITS- HIGH= 1.34E+05 -LOH= 1.45E-03
*** LEVEL OF TOXICITY= HIGH *** MAXIMUM APPLICABLE DOSE= 1.56E-01 MG/M3
AMES TEST RESPONSE= POSITIVE MINIMUM EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION= 1.23E-OZ MG/M3
APPROXIMATE CONCENTRATION FACTOR= 1.25
cn
•
-P»
' COMMENTS ON THE BIOASSAY:
—• REPLICATES HERE RUN ON ALL SAMPLES.
COMBINED SASS TRAIN CATCH MAS ANALYZED.
TOTAL CARDS = 00133
TOTAL FATAL ERRORS = 00011
TOTAL WARNING ERRORS = 00000
-------
ADMINISTRATION SECTION
9979
F NICHOLLS YOUNG
3009 CHURCHILL RD
RALEIGH
.MC 27607
SERIES STATUS-
DATA BASE:
TSN:
SPONSOR:
SPONSOR PROJECT OFFICER:
CONTRACTOR CONTACT:
CONTRACTOR PHONE:
CONTRACT NUMBER:
NUMBER OF CARDS RECEIVED:
DATA CARDS RECEIVED:
TEST SERIES ASSIGNED:
FPEIS
00103
EPA
GARY L JOHNSON
NICK YOUNG
919-549-0487
1234-12-1
207
11/02/79
11/01/79
TASK/TD NO. 123
EDIT PHASE-
cn
ivi
ro
DATE STARTED: 11/07/79
NUMBER OF RUNS: 31
DATE ENCODED:
DATE RECEIVED:
DATE APPROVAL:
DATE LAST RUN: 04/02/80
NUMBER OF FATAL ERRORS: 11
NUMBER OF WARNING ERRORS:
LOAD PHASE-
DATE LOADED:
CYCLE NO.:
03/17/80
000527
SERIES PHASE
DATE LAST RUN:
NUMBER OF RUNS:
00000
-------
FPEIS*GLJ(
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
cn 27
-p» 28
r^ 29
co 30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
D.INFPEIS
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AOCOMBUST-ENERGY UTILITY
A1TANGENTIAL 200 MW
A2KINGSTON STEAM PLANT
A327607USA 100 101 102
BOILER
COAL UNIT A
KINGSTON
082777090177
TN
A4EPA 68-02-2I60123ACUREX
A5FIELD TESTING OF A TANGENTIAL COAL-FIRED UTILITY BOILER —
A6EFFECTS OF COMBUSTION MODIFICATION NOX CONTROL ON MULTIMEDIA EMIS
A7HIGGEBOTHAM E B ACUREX REPORT 79-337APRIL 1979
BO 1LEVEL 1 TESTING FOR EFFECTS DUE TO NOX COMBUSTION MODIFICATIONS
BO 2TEST *1 BASELINE
BO 3TEST t2 BURNERS OUT OF SERVICE
BO 4TEST §3 BIASED FIRING
CO 1234M3/SEC 456 100 12 3401001BOILER FLUE GAS
C1FLUE GAS INLET TO ID FAN
C2SIGNIFICANT PITTING NOTED IN ID FAN BLADES.
D001MECHANICAL COLLECTORCYCLONES
D1DUSKOLECTOR CONVENTIONALDUSKOLECTOR
D2DUSKOLECTOR.INC.
D301HIGH PRESSURE
D303STAINLESS STEEL
D401PRESSURE DROP
D402DESIGN EFFICIENCY
D403DESIGN TEMPERATURE
D404DESIGN FLOW RATE
D405DESIGN POWER CONSUMPTION
D002ESP
D1PLATE
D2RESEARCH-COTTRELL
D301HOTSIDE 02DRY
D303HI VOLTAGE
D401PLATE AREA
D402PLATE-PLATE SPACING
D403DESIGN MASS EFFICIENCY
D404BULK LINEAR VELOCITY
D405DESIGN PRESSURE DROP
02LOM ENERGY
2.60E+00 KPA
9.00E+01 % AT 100 M3XS
150-250 C
l.OOE+02 M3/S
1.50E+00 KMH
SINGLE STAGE ESP
CONVENTIONALR/C MODEL 16A
2.00E+02 M2
1.25E+00 CM
98 X
2.80E+01 M/S
5.49E-01
KPA
ABSORPTION PROCESSES
PILOT MAG-OX SCRUBBER
02MOVING BED
5.88E-01 KPA
5.50E+01 M/S
6.50E+01 L/M3
90 %
D003LIQUID SCRUBBERS
D1MAGNESIUM OXIDE
D2TAKAHASHI ALI, LTD
D301MECHANICAL AIDED
D401DESIGN PRESSURE DROP
D402INLET GAS VELOCITY
D403DESIGN LIQUID LOADING
D404DESIGN EFFICIENCY
EOOB307700120100CONTINUOUS STEADY STATE
E101
E201POWER CONSUMPTION
E202PRESSURE DROP
E102
E201PRESSURE DROP
E202APPLIED VOLTAGE
FOCOAL
890
1.25E+00 KHH
8.50E-01 KPA
4.50E-01 KPA
1.25E-I-02 KV
8.66 KG/SEC
026
F1COMMERCIAL TESTING AND ENGINEERING CO.
F2MOISTURE 2.0 %WT ASH
F2VOLATUE MATTER 31.8 *WT FIXED CARBON
F2SULFUR 2.2 XWT HEAT CONTENT
F3CARBON 63.1 HYDROGEN 4.3 SULFUR
15 KG
345M3
19.6 SWT
46.5 XWT
36288. J/G
2.2 NITROGEN 1.4
-------
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
171 84
'-* a5
I 86
£ 87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
F
F
F
F
r
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F3ASH 19.6 CHLORINE MOISTURE 2.0 OXYGEN 7
F4DENSITY N 25 G/CM3 ZZ
F4PH N 85 WC1 .40E + 011 .50E-01
F4COLOR TBLACKISH GRAY ZZ
F5M36 AA3.00E+035.00E-04MG 1 2 . 1 2 3> 1 20E+02
F5M32 AA5.00E+035.00E-04MG 11.543 140E+00
F5M37 AA IOOE'00
F5N68 AA 260E+01
F5M74 AA 860E+00
F5M72 AA 640E+03
F5M46 AA 140E+01
F5M71 AA 170E+01
F5H76 AA 600E-01
F7SAMPLE TAKEN 5 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL.
F8BELOM 5-METER LEVEL MAS FROM DIFFERENT SOURCE.
1HOISASS TRAIN MI TH/CYC LONES 1234001 123 45 46 66 251
1H1 12LXS PITOT TUBE 10000MG
1H2I3.5 H FROM ESP INLET 80 5 52
1H3 92 120 130 1408150 1310 20001
1H4S02-250.N02-55
1H5NONE
1H6THE 10-UM AND 3.5-UM CYCLONES MERE COMBINED.
1H7THE 1.0-UM CYCLONE AND FILTER CATCH HERE COMBINED.
1K00110+3.5 CYC 03501. 23E+02WOLFPACK TESTING SERVICE
1K101024019FONDA NUCLEAR LABS 123 MG
1K2 10PACITY N 5 Z21 . 50E+01 1 . 75E+01
1K2 1PH T 5.6-6.3 MC
1K3010PACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
1K401NO HIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS HERE HADE.
1L001S2173 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 1 2 . 567<123E-0 1
1L001S2179 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12.543 323E-00
1L101REPLICATES HERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
1M001LC1 .2 . 3M01 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 10
. 3
12
100E-06
1M001LC2 .2 .4M08 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1M001LC3 .7 .3M12 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 100
102E-01
1MOOUC4 .2 .4M16 AA1 . OOE + 051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1MOOHC5 .2 .5M11 AA1 . OOE + 051 . OOE-04MG 10
1M001LC6 .2 1.7M14 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 100
1M001LC7 .2 1.7M18 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 100
1M101REPLICATE SETS RUN ON ALL FRACTIONS.
1R001KR-85 AA1.00E+I01.00E-05PCI/M3 <133E-05
1R001CS-136 AA1.00E+101.00E-05PCI/M3 432E-02
1R001CF-141 NA1.00E+101.00E-05PCI/M3 <500E-05
1R001XE-135 AA1.00E+101.00E-05PCI/M3 432E-02
1R101CS CONCENTRATION MAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
1K0021 UM CYC+FIL 03 1 . 23E+02MOLFPACK TESTING SERVICE
1K102024019FQNDA NUCLEAR LABS 123 MG
1K2 20PACITY N 5 ZZ
1K2 2PH T 5.6-6.3 WC
1K3020PACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
1K402NO MIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS MERE MADE.
1L002M46 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12 . 567<123E-01
1L002M32 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12.543 323E-00
1L102REPLICATES MERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
1MQ02LC1 1.2 1.3M01 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 10
147E-02
129E-01
136E-04
100E-06
1M002LC2 1.2 1.4M08 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1M002LC3 1.7 1.JM12 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 100
102E-01
-------
«*
1 14
115
1 16
1 17
118
119
120
121
122
123
12'.
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
r
f
1
F
F
r
i
r
F
F
F
F
r
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
10 J
103
(13
03
fU
03
03
03
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
]
1
1
1
I
1M002LC4 1.? 1.4M16 AA1 . OOF + 05 1 . OOE-
04MG
1M002LC5 1.2 l.r>Mll AA1 . OOt + 05 1 . OOE-04MG
1MU021C6 1.2 1.7M1'. AA 1 . DOT 4 0 5 1 . OOE -
1MOOTLC7 1.2 1.7M10 AAl.OOE+Obl.DOE-
lM102REPLICATr SETS RUN ON AIL IRACTUJNS.
1R002KR-85 NA1 . OOE + 1 0 1 . 0 OF -0 5PC I /M3 <133E-05
1R002CS-136 NA1 . OOF + 101 . 0 OE -0 T>PC I /M3 432E-02
1R002CF-141 NAl.OOE+101 . OOE-0 5PC I /M3 <500E-05
1R002XE-135 NA1 . OOF+101 . OOE-0 5PC I/M3 432E-02
1R102CS CONCENTRATION MAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
1TOMUTAGENICITY AMES
1T1LOVE CANAL ANALYTICAL LAB 034
1T2 P3'.MG
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-98
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1535
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHtMURIUM TA-1537
OfeMG
O'.MG
1231
1T4LD50123E-01MG/M3 1 34E+0 5145E-03 156E-01MG/M5
1T5POSITIVE 123E-02MG/M3 1.25
1T901REPLICATES WERE RUN ON ALL SAMPLES.
1T902COMBINED SASS TRAIN CATCH WAS ANALYZED.
SFREE FNY.
READY
10<122C-0'i
10
100
] 00
1'. 7E-02
129C-01
136E-OA
0010000234
HIGH
3BRKPT PRINTS
ro
en
-------
19
Ul
t
ro
cr>
27
29
30
37
39
72
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
126 F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
126 F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
125 F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
126 F
F 103 1
NO. TYPE
059 F
D301HI6H PRESSURE 02LOM ENERGY
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
D303STAINLESS STEEL
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
D1PLATE CONVENTIONALR/C MODEL 16A
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID CONTROL SYSTEM TABLE MATCH
D301HOTSIDE 02DRY
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
D303HI VOLTAGE
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
PILOT
MAG-OX SCRUBBER
D1MAGNESIUM OXIDE
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS TABLE MATCH
D301MECHANICAL AIDED 02MOVING BED
COMPONENT MESSAGE
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
1 1HOISASS TRAIN WITH/CYCLONES
COMPONENT MESSAGE
C1206 NON-NUMERIC METHOD TYPE
1234001 123 45 46 66 251 12
-------
SECTION 6
DATA RETRIEVAL
6.0 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this section is to provide users with instructions for
submitting new data for entry to the EADS and for retrieving existing data
from the EADS. In particular, Section 6 discusses direct interactions with
the computer and procedures for those users who do not have direct access
to the EPA National Computer Center (NCC) at Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina.
It is likely that many users of the EADS will have neither the time
nor the inclination to pursue the direct access methods. Since Federal
regulations do not permit the sale of computer services by government data
centers like the NCC, most users will not be authorized to access the NCC
unless they are under EPA contract. For this reason, procedures have been
established which will enable those "off-line" users to retrieve
information by written or telephone request instead.
It should be noted that there is no charge for "off-line" data
retrieval; however, EPA makes no guarantee regarding the completeness of
the data or the promptness of the response. In all likelihood, simple
data requests will be processed quickly, but the staff response will
depend upon their current workload and on the complexity of the request.
Special data requests which require computer program development will take
longer. Requesters will be appraised of any expected delays.
6.0-1
-------
6.1 DATA RETRIEVAL USING THE PROGRAM LIBRARY
The simplest method of retrieving data for an off-line user is to
request a program from the Program Library. Section 7 presents the
programs available which may be utilized to retrieve EADS data in a
specified manner. Each program is described separately and has its own
requirements for data input or qualification by the user.
Programs may be requested by off-line users by telephone or in
writing. The requester should supply all information in accordance with
the requirements of the program and send the completed request to the
following address:
EADS Program Manager
Special Studies Staff (MD-63)
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
Users should send separate requests for different runs even if the
same program is being used repeatedly. For example, if a user wishes to
interrogate the data base according to a specific access criteria, any
change to that criteria must be shown in a separate request. Receipt of
the request will be acknowledged to the requester in writing. If there
are any errors in the request or some information is missing, the
requester will be contacted to clarify the problem. When the request has
been processed, the output will be sent to the requester for verification,
6.1-1
-------
6.2 SPECIAL DATA RETRIEVAL REQUESTS
It is recognized at the outset that the Program Library is not
likely to be diverse enough to satisfy all user needs for data. For this
reason, a special data retrieval request category was established. There
is no specific form to be used for special requests; there is merely a set
of general guidelines to follow in preparing the request. These guidelines
are as follows:
1. Be explicit. Be thoroughly familiar with the FPEIS data base
structure. Identify each data base element to be sorted and/or
retrieved by name. Should additional work on the request be
required, consultation with the requester will be initiated,
and, upon completion, the printout will be sent to the
requester for verification.
2. Plan the request; Be sure that the access criteria applies to the
proper type of data element. Remember that only key values may be
retrieved directly and that non-key values must be qualified for
data access (see Section 6.3). Specify all needed qualifications
and identify all input data for comparative evaluation,
3. Define the output: Determine how you wish the data to be displayed
on output. Identify how data elements are to be ordered. Specify
column headings. Define any calculations to be performed on the
accessed data.
The completed definition of the request should be sent to the EADS
Program Manager at 1ERL-RTP. The user should be sure to include his own
telephone number with the request. If there are any problems encountered
with the request, the user will be contacted by telephone to resolve the
problem.
6.2-1
-------
When the request has been received, a letter of acknowledgement
will be sent to the requester. The letter will include a preliminary
estimate of the length of time required to process the request. As
emphasized previously, the length of time needed to process a special
request will depend upon the complexity of the request.
If no problems are encountered that require consultation with the
requester, the results will be sent to the requester when the processing
is completed. The requester should review the output to verify that it
satisfies the request. If it does not, the printout should be returned
with corrections to IERL for reworking. If the printout is satisfactory,
the requester should notify the EADS Program Manager of his acceptance.
6.2-2
-------
6.3 KEY/NON-KEY DATA ELEMENTS
Data elements in a SYSTEM 2000v^'data base may be either KEY or
NON-KEY. This designation determines whether a particular data element
may be accessed directly or must be qualified by including additional
information. KEY elements may be selected directly; NON-KEY elements
require qualification by a KEY element. For example, the data element
GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE is KEY and may be used to directly access the
data of interest, such as in the following:
PRINT FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER WHERE GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE EQ
ESP:
If, however, the data element is NON-KEY, as in the case of SERIES
START DATE, then qualification will be required:
IF SERIES START DATE GT 1/1/80 THEN PRINT FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER
WHERE NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP EQ XYZ LABORATORY:
In this case, the KEY element, NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP, is used to qualify
the request regarding a NON-KEY data element.
Table 6-1 lists the KEY data elements, along with their
,,,„._.. component numbers.
6.3-1
-------
TABLE 6-1. LIST OF KEY DATA ELEMENTS
101* FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER 905*
102* GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER 923*
103* LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER 926*
104* SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER 945*
105* TEST SERIES KEY 946*
106* DB KEY 947*
110* SOURCE CATEGORY 950*
120* SOURCE TYPE 1010*
125* PRODUCT/DEVICE 1060*
150* PROCESS TYPE 1203*
140* DESIGN PROCESS RATE 1206*
145* DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS 1209*
150* FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY 1221*
155* SPONSOR ORGANIZATION 1245*
ISO* SPONSOR ORGANIZATION CONTRACT NUMBER 1247*
170* T.O./TD NUMBER 1276*
1BO* SOURCE NAME 1278*
190* SITE NAME 1303*
210* CITY 1305*
220* STATE 1310*
230* ZIP CODE 1320*
232* COUNTRY 1321*
235* FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE 1324*
240* SDDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE 1325*
250* GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE 1420*
260* LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE 1425*
270* SIC CODE 1830*
300* NPDES NUMBER 1835*
330* NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP 1840*
355* DATE OF ENTRY 1836*
370* SITE LATITUDE 2530*
372* SITE LONGITUDE 2580*
374* FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND ORIGIN 2582*
378* CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NUMBER 2583*
380* INDUSTRY-COMMERICAL SIC NUMBER 2585*
382* CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION 3025*
384* NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS 3030*
410* STREAM NUMBER 3205*
420* STREAM NAME 3210*
475* STACK HEIGHT 3225*
505* DEVICE/PROCESS NO 3226*
510* GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE 3280*
515* DESIGN TYPE 3315*
520* SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE TYPE 3320*
530* DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS 3255*
540* DEVICE/PROCESS COMMERCIAL NAME
550* MANUFACTURER
585* DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY SEQ NUMBER
590* DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORD
610* DES-PARAMETER NUMBER
810* TEST-ID-NUMBER
869* FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER
870* FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL
877* FF-LABORATORY NAME
878* FF-QA-QC CODE
885* FF-PA-PARAMETER
FF-UA-PARAMETER
FF-PARAMETER
FF-ANALYSIS METHOD
FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES
FF-C-CS-TYPE
FF-C-CS-PRIORITY
FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD
OP-DEVICE NUMBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER
SMPL-NUMBER
MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD TYPE
MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD NAME
SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT METHOD
SAMPLING LOCATION CODE
SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE NUMBER
PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO
SAMPLING EQUIPMENT COMPONENT NAME
STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS LAB NAME
CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE
RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS LAB NAME
RAD-QA-QC CODE
EC-PARAMETER
EC-ANALYSIS METHOD
IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE
IA-SPECIES-ID
IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD
IA-SPECIES-PRIORITY
L10A-FRACTION-ID
L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES TYPE
L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES
L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES-PRIORITY
L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD
RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID
RN-ANALYSIS METHOD
BIO-TEST TYPE
BIO-TEST NAME
BIO-TEST LAB NAME
BIO-TEST QA-QC
BIO-VALUE TYPE
BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY
BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE
BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS
6.3-2
-------
6.4 ON-LINE REQUEST PROCEDURES
The phrase "on-line request" implies that the user intends to
establish direct communication with the EADS data base through some type
of terminal-to-computer link. The procedure described in this section may
be used by a qualified user of EPA's NCC to access the EADS directly
through an interactive data communications (demand) terminal or a remote
job entry terminal. The specific qualifications for NCC user access are
discussed in Section 6.5.
On-line users of the EADS are presumed to have a reasonably working
knowledge of UNI VAC 1100 series computers and, in some cases, of
(lh
SYSTEM 2000^-'natural language. Special data retrieval procedures (see
Section 7) have been developed to minimize the data processing knowledge
required to use the EADS. Any user unsure of his familiarity with the
u,,*.™ „. ~.~.~. L.— is urged to request information through the
off-line procedures described previously in this section.
On-line users are granted READ-ONLY access to the EADS data base.
No updating of data is permitted. New data must be submitted through the
EPA project officer. In the READ-ONLY mode, the user may retrieve for
sorting and evaluation, any data stored in the system. The user may take
advantage of the wide array of features offered by SYSTEM 2000^ for
data sorting and retrieval.
6.4-1
-------
6.5 NCC USER QUALIFICATIONS AND SERVICES REGISTRATION
Qualified users are defined as those who have valid accounts with
the NCC at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina. In most cases, NCC
users are either EPA personnel or contractors who are under EPA contract.
The NCC is not available to public subscribers. Federal regulations
prohibit the marketing of computer time by government data centers which
may be in competition with commercial computer services vendors. Thus, it
is not usually possible for EADS users who are not under EPA contract to
obtain account numbers in order to access the NCC directly. Exceptions to
this may be found with user access through interagency agreements or
grants. The qualifications of a potential NCC user are determined by
EPA's Management Information and Data Systems Division (MIDSD).
Any questions regarding the qualification of a user should be
addressed to:
MIDSD TSSMS Office
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
National Computer Center (MD-34B)
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
or by telephone to 919/541-3629 (FTS: 629-3629).
6.5.1 Registration Procedures
All users of the NCC UNI VAC 1100 must be registered for accounting
and security purposes. Application for NCC services is made by submitting
a completed EPA Form 2800-3 (Figure 6-1) to the appropriate Automated Data
Processing (ADP) coordinator for approval and signature. Each EPA office
or laboratory which uses the NCC or other computing facilities has a
designated person (or persons) who serves as the ADP coordinator. All
procedural matters pertaining to the use of the NCC should be directed to
the ADP coordinator. The MIDSD Time Sharing Services Management System
6.5-1
-------
SERVICE (Cn.ck one)
Q TIME SHARING
D TECHNICAL
ASSISTANCE
D OTHER
EDPSERV
(flea
ICES REGISTRATION
se Print or Type)
SUPPLIER (Specify) SOURCE OF FUNDS
D UJS. EPA
Q REIMBURSIBLE
O SPONSORED
MIDSD USE ONLY
DATE RECEIVED
PROJECT
COOE
ENVIRONMENTAL
SYSTEM IDENTIFI-
CATION NUMBER
PROJECT TITLE (Limit: 60 cnaricteri, including >Mce»
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
ORGANIZATION
PROGRAM ELEMENT TITLE
PROGRAM ELEMENT CODE
DOLLAR AMOUNT DATE TO BEGIN
PROJECT MANAGER *•
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box)
USER (NAME (Lar»t, M.I.) PHONE (include area Code)
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Street Of P.O. Box)
TO:
U.S. Environmental Protect
MIDSD TSSMS Office
National Computer Center
MD-34B fRrr. HI Vicheux
Reeearch Trianfle Park, NC
OFFICE OR LOCATION
on Agency
BuildinO
: 27711
CITV STATE ZIP CODE
CONCURRENCE (Funding) DATE
CONCURRENCE (Otner) DATE
MIOSO USE ONLY
POSTED
I PA 'arm 2100-3 (Rev. .-71)
UPDATED PROOFED
?OOENCE
REFER- LOGON
INITIALS
MAILING LIST CODE
MO SQ
p n T n
^
DISTANCE
COOE
MAI
P C
c [
f C
CODE
MA
M[
p I
J u O
D NQ
REFER- LOGON
INITIALS
LING LIST COOE
3 S Q
D T fj
D u rn
INITIALS
LING LIST CODE
D * O
D T O
3 uQ
MAILING LIST KEY
M — M
P — PR
C - CC
F - FE
S - ST
U — Ul
N - SI
PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE
»NAGEMENT PANEL
OPERTY
)NTRACTOR
DERALNON-EPA
ATE OR LOCAL GOVT
RMINAL CONTACT
MIVERSITY
STEM NEWS
(continued on £u>cAJ
Figure 6-1. NCC application,
6.5-2
-------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
(Additional users)
U5ER|NAM£ (L4»t, First, M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room) C
ADDRESS (Strnt Or P.O. Box)
USER] NAME IL«lt, Flrit, M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room) (
ADDRESS (Strict or P.O. Box)
USgHj NAME (L..t. F.r.t. M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (StrMt or P.O. Box)
USjfjJNAMEIL.U.
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (SU..1 or P.O Bon)
USER |NAME I1-"1- Firit. M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Strut or P.O Bo«J
*
USER |NAME <•-•«. Fim. M.I.
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (StrMt or P.O. BOM)
USER |NAME I1-*"' F"". M-'-
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (StrMt or P.O. BOM)
MAIL CODE (or room)
FFICE OR LOCATION
CITY S
1
TATE 1
IP CODE
>MONE (IncluM «rM COM)
3FFICE OR LOCATION
CITY
STATE
PHONE (in
OFFICE OR LOCATION
CITY
STATE
tlP CODE
cluM «rM COOC)
ZIP CODE
PHONE (includ* rH COM)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
PHONE (inciuat *•• COM)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
OOE E
NCE
MITIALS
MAILING LIST CODE
M Q S D
P D T D
c D u D
F n N n
5STANCE 1
:ODE j
N^AL*
.OGON
MAILING LIST CODE
p O T D
CD uQ
F n N Q
DISTANCE
:ODE
REFER-
iNCE
NITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
M Q S D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
MQ S Q
_ll :§
DISTANCE
CODE
MAI
M r
p r
ej
DISTANCE
CODE
MAI
M[
» 1
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
LING LIST CODE
D s D
3 T D
D u G
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
LING LIST CODE
D s D
2. T D
3 "R
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
M D *D
F
DISTANCE
CODE
MA
M
p
F
3 ^R
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
LING LIST CODE
3 s D
BT D
u a
D N D
Figure 6-1. Concluded.
6.5-3
-------
(TSSMS) Office is located at the National Computer Center. Requests for
EPA user account modifications processed through the ADP coordinators to
authorize new accounts or add new users to existing accounts, normally
submitted using the EPA Form 2800-3, should then be forwarded to the
following address:
MIDSD TSSMS Office
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
National Computer Center (MD-34B)
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
In instances where a user organization requires immediate access to
computer facilities, temporary authorization can be achieved by telephone
contact with the TSSMS Office. Requests for temporary authorization
should be directed to 919/541-3629 (FTS: 629-3629). Upon receiving
temporary authorization, a completed Form 2800-3 must be forwarded to the
TSSMS Office. The temporary authorization obtained by telephone is valid
for a 2-week period pending receipt of the Form 2800-3 for processing
permanent authorization. Users must specify an EPA employee as Project
Manager who, in all cases, becomes responsible for the utilization of the
account. Requests for cancellation of specific users authorized under a
given account or changes in user address/telephone numbers will be
processed by telephone using the TSSMS telephone number listed above.
Non-EPA users (e.g., contractors, grantees, etc.) should submit all
required forms to their EPA project officer, who in turn will forward the
information to the ADP coordinator. Account authorizations/modifications
for Interagency Agreement User Accounts (non-EPA users) should be
forwarded for approval to:
W. G. Allen, Computer Specialist
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
National Computer Center (MD-34)
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
6.5-4
-------
Upon approval of Interagency requests, the TSSMS Office will
complete implementation of the authorization and notify the respective
project manager. Any questions concerning the above should be directed to
the TSSMS Office at 919/541-3641 (FTS: 629-3641). Please note that, in
regard to EPA Form 2800-3, the organization titles and codes and the EPA
DIPS organization titles and codes, and the program element titles and
codes are assigned by the Office of Planning and Programming. The account
number will be assigned to the user by MIDSD and must appear on all
transactions attempted with the NCC UNIVAC 1100.
6.5.2 User ID and Password
The NCC UNIVAC 1100 has a comprehensive, multi-level security system
which is designed to prohibit unauthorized use of the computer. A feature
of this security system is the TSSMS which requires that all users be
identified by a unique USERID and PASSWORD before access to the computer
is granted. The USERID/PASSWORD must appear on all demand and batch job
requests. This will be discussed in detail later in Sections 6.6 and 6.7,
respectively.
The USERID/PASSWORD is assigned to each individual user of the NCC
by MIDSD. Requests for a USERID/PASSWORD should be submitted to the
appropriate ADP coordinator (through the EPA project officer, if
necessary) for approval and signature.
6.5-5
-------
6.6 INTERACTIVE TERMINAL OPERATION
Demand processing or interactive terminal operation, is defined as
a mode of operation in which processing is dependent on manual interface
with the central processor during processing. Basically, it is a
conversational mode of operation requiring a demand and response type of
activity. Conversational operation via a remote terminal causes the
Executive System, a demand processor, or an active program to immediately
react and respond. Demand processing terminals are generally thought of
as being remote from the computer site and as having a printer or a
cathode-ray tube and keyboard. An example of a demand terminal is the
teletype-writer keyboard and printer.
The distinction between batch-mode processing and demand processing
lies in the frequent interaction with the user that occurs during demand
processing. The terminal user is considered to be in conversation with
the Executive System, special demand function, user programs, or the batch
functions of the Executive System on a unit basis.
Tasks executed by the demand terminal user normally have frequent but
short bursts of computation. To process a substantial amount of computation
may require a long period of time. Access to computation is a percentage of
the total computing facility and is scheduled in small increments of time at
frequent intervals to provide immediate responses. This action gives the
appearance of total system control to the user and the impression of being the
only user currently running. The more a user is required to interact with a
demand program the shorter the bursts of computation required to service a
given request. The bursts of computation are time-shared within the Executive
System to provide an apparent immediate response, with the program placed in a
dormant mode during idle periods awaiting response from the user.
6.6-1
-------
While a demand program is in a dormant mode, it may be necessary to
swap the program from main storage. Normally, this transfer happens only
when main storage is full and another program currently on mass storage
has work to do.
The demand has three distinct modes of operation. They are
described below:
• Terminal Inactive Mode -- The initial mode of the terminal
following the sign-on procedure. The terminal will return to
this mode at the completion of the other two modes.
• Demand Run Mode — This mode is achieved by submitting a @RUN
control statement (see Section 6.6.1) from the primary input
device; that is, the keyboard. The terminal operator must wait
until the date and time message is displayed at the terminal
before submitting the run stream data. In demand mode, the
input will be solicited when input is desired by the Executive
System. The terminal is returned to the inactive mode by
submitting a @FIN control statement (see Section 6.6.2).
t Batch Mode -- The demand terminal may be switched from demand
mode to batch mode for input or output. The "B" sub-option on
the @RUN control statement (@RUN,/B) will place the terminal in
batch input mode. Input will not be solicited as in demand run
mode. The terminal will be returned to the terminal inactive
mode following a @FIN control statement. Another @RUN control
statement will be accepted while in the remote batch run
whether it contains a 'B1 option or not. Output files
generated by the batch run, as well as those SYM'd (via @SYM)
to the terminal can be displayed at the terminal by entering
6.6-2
-------
the statement, @@SEND. The terminal is returned to the
inactive mode when the output process of the file is complete.
Interactive (or demand) processing with the NCC UNI VAC 1100 is
supported for a variety of low-speed data communications terminals.
Generally speaking, most 30 character/second (CPS) terminals which have
ASCII character sets will be able to access the NCC. The NCC does not
^upport any terminals which operate at 10 CPS or 15.5 CPS. Also, the NCC
does not support IBM 2741 or similar EBCIDIC code set terminals.
A partial list of terminals supported by the NCC for demand
processing include the following:
Anderson-Jacobson Models 630, 840, 830, and 832
UNI VAC UNI SCOPE 100
UNI VAC DCT 500 or equivalent
Texas Instruments Silent 700 series
Hazeltine (most models)
LA36 DECwriter II
If you are uncertain about the compatability of a particular
terminal with the NCC UNIVAC 1100, you should contact the following:
NCC User Services
919/541-3649
FTS: 629-3649
All UNIVAC supported demand terminals use a common interface (device
routines providing the user interface with unit record peripherals) for
input and output processing. This provides several controls and features
to all demand terminals in a uniform manner. Control of remote symbionts
is regulated by control statements prefixed with a double master space
). These control statements do not require the input solicitation.
6.6-3
-------
They may be entered after an output interrupt (break-key) or any other
time the terminal operator finds the need. The control statements are
given in Table 6-2.
For more details on demand processing, the user should refer to the
National Computer Center User Reference Manual. This manual may be
obtained from NCC User Services at the telephone numbers listed above.
The remainder of this section will address demand processing as it applies
to the EADS.
6.6.1 Initiating a Demand Processing Session
Communications are established with the NCC UNI VAC 1100 through
data communication modems or couplers over voice-grade telephone lines.
Users should follow the steps given in the equipment user manual for their
terminal in order to establish the data link to the computer. A list of
nationwide telephone access numbers for the NCC is given in Table 6-3.
Once the data link is established, the following sequence of commands
should be entered (for clarity, the information printed by the computer is
shown in capital letters; the input required from the user in small
letters).
Note that the pound sign (I) denotes a carriage return:
Command Description
#nccdemd# This identifies the NCC to the communications
network.
READY TO NCC ON 9E Response indicates that communication is
established on Port 9E.
ENTER USERID/PASSWORD Enter the approved USERID and PASSWORD
xxx/xxxxxx# following the input solicitation symbols (>).
*DESTROY USERID/PASSWORD
ENTRY
(continued on page 6.6-8)
6.6-4
-------
TABLE 6-2. REMOTE INTERFACE CONTROL STATEMENTS
Statement
Mode
Description
TIOC
-------
TABLE 6-2. Concluded
Statement
Mode
Description
<3(3END
All
Demand Run
All
@@TTY W,n All
Terminates special input mode, i.e., @@CQUE
or @@INQ. The @@END returns the terminal to
demand run from @@CQUE and will process the
mass storage buffered input of
Allows the input to be passed to the
requester unaltered from the format of which
it was entered; that is, all communication
envelope characters are not removed nor is
the image translated.
Directs the Executive System to terminate
the terminal. It is recommended that the
remote Operator enter @@TERM only while in
the terminal inactive mode. However, if
entered while a run is active, the run and
terminal will be terminated. @@TERM is
equivalent to sign off.
Changes the maximum character width of page
from the default 80 characters to n
characters wide. In most cases, the maximum
page width should be set to 132.
6.6-6
-------
TABLE 6-3. NCC DEMAND ACCESS TELEPHONE NUMBERS
State
Alabama
California
Colorado
Connecticut
District of Columbia
Georgia
Illinois
Louisiana
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Nevada
New York
North Carolina
Ohio
Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Washington
All other locations
(toll free)
City
Montgomery
San Francisco
Denver
Wethersfield
Washington
Athens
Atlanta
Chicago
New Orleans
Boston
Grosse He
Lansing
Minneapolis
Kansas City
Las Vegas
New York
Raleigh/Durham
Cincinnati
Philadelphia
Columbia
Nashville
Dallas
Seattle
Telephone
205/277-9390
415/546-1395
303/837-0843
203/529-3378
202/966-9510
404/549-3882
404/873-6431
312/663-1640
504/566-0041
617/742-0420
313/675-8936
517/485-3220
612/861-7451
816/474-3540
702/736-1988
212/233-1604
919/541-2000
513/751-5800
215/925-4407
803/256-1018
615/244-8020
214/651-1723
206/682-6456
800/424-3690
6.6-7
-------
C*UNIVAC 1100 OPERATING This header message is usually followed by
SYSTEM VER. several lines of text indicating special news
33R0030-315A(RSI)* which can be obtained. When the solicitation
symbol (>) is received you are ready to enter a
valid (?RUN card.
>@@tty w,nnn# where nnn = the maximum width of the page in
characters (usually 132). This command may be
omitted if terminal is limited physically to
80 characters.
-($ COMPLETE Indicates that the @@TTY command has been
executed.
>@run nnxxx,account
number,eads,15# where nnxxx = the RUNID. Usually this begins
with a number that designates an output
receiving bin at the NCC followed by the user's
initials. Please consult the NCC User
Reference Manual or call User Services for more
information.
account no. = the NCC account number as given.
eads = the project code which enables access to
the FPEIS data base and software. No other
project code may be used. ""
DATE: 011580 TIME: 135248 This is the system response if a valid @RUN
> card has been entered, followed by the >.
NOTE: If your terminal can print more than 80
characters across the page, you may wish to
expand the page width as shown above.
At this point, the computer is ready to receive instruction for
accessing the data base or for executing EADS retrieval or analytical
software. For users who are knowledgeable in SYSTEM 2000^ natural
language, Section 6.6.3 describes the accessing procedure.
6.6.2 Terminating a Demand Processing Session
Two commands are required to end a demand processing session -- the
@FIN and the @@TERM. The (S»FIN comnand ends the run and results in the
printing of summary usage and accounting data, and places the terminal in th
inactive mode. The @@TERM command ends the session by disconnecting the
terminal from the computer.
6.6-8
-------
A typical sequence is as follows (# denotes carriage return):
> @fin# (Enter the @FIN command)
RUNID:
TIME:
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
00:00:35.510
00:00:00.177
00:00:26.509
000130352
$005.05
3
START: 13:52:47 January 15, 1980 FIN: 13:57:50 JANUARY 15, 1980
TERMINAL INACTIVE*
ACCT:
TOTAL:
CAU:
CC/ER:
SRC: PS =
SRUS: 00:01:41.027 COST:
IMAGES READ: 78 PAGES:
PROJECT:
CBSUPS:
I/O:
WAIT:
ES =
EADS
001854139
00:00:08.822
00:02:36.079
000276035
>@@term#
Enter the @@ TERM command
6.6.3 Accessing the EADS
Read-only access to the data base is granted to users of the EADS
who use this procedure. Users are cautioned not to attempt to use this
procedure unless they are familiar with SYSTEM ZOOO^natural language.
The sequence is as follows (# denotes carriage return):
>@add eads.start!
01/15/80 17:09:07
(Enter the @ADD command)
BEGIN SYSTEM 2000 VERSION 2.800
-556- ASSIGNED...EADS-EADS 12 28443 01/15/80 11:44:14
At this point, the system is ready to accept valid SYSTEM 2000^
commands. The session may be ended by using the EXIT: command, which
6.6-9
-------
produces the trailer banner and returns to control mode with the input
solicitation character (>) given.
>exit:#
01/15/80 17:14:52 END SYSTEM 2000 VERSION 2.800
The demand processing session may be terminated by using the
procedure given in Section 6.6.2.
Any attempts to change or modify the data base in any way will
result in the following diagnostic message:
-864- COMMAND NOT AVAILABLE IN SHARED MODE -
6.6-10
-------
6.7 REMOTE BATCH TERMINAL OPERATION
Batch processing, whether remote or local submittal, implies that
discrete jobs are submitted to the NCC UNIVAC 1100 from cards or some
similar form. If local, card decks are submitted to the I/O Control Clerk
and then loaded into the computer; if remote, cards are read into the
computer through a high-speed remote job entry (RJE) terminal which has
been connected to the computer via telephone data link.
Remote batch terminal operation with the NCC UNIVAC 1100 is
currently supported under the UNIVAC 1004 and NTR (9000 Remote) terminal
protocols. This means that a variety of commercial RJE terminals which
are capable of emulating (or looking like) a U-1004 or NTR terminal may be
used to access the NCC UNIVAC 1100. A partial list of RJE terminals which
satisfy one or more of these conditions includes the following:
DATA 100 Models 74, 76, and 78
COPE RJE Terminals
Harris RJE Terminals
UNIVAC 1004
UNIVAC 9200 NTR
If you are uncertain regarding the compatibility of a particular
terminal with the NCC UNIVAC 1100, you should contact the following:
NCC User Services
919/541-3649
FTS: 629-3649
All RJE terminals are identified to the NCC UNIVAC 1100 by a unique
SITE ID which is assigned by the MIDSD TSSMS Office at Research Triangle
Park, North Carolina. Figure 6-2 gives an example of the form required
for batch terminal support. The completed form is submitted to the
appropriate ADP coordinator (through the EPA project officer if required)
for approval and signature.
6.7-1
-------
Organization:
Terminal manufacturer £ model number:
If programmable, what UNIVAC terminal does the terminal emulate?
Hours of Operation: From To EOT
Person responsible:
Name
Title
Mailing Address
Telephone -- FTS Ext.
-- Commercial Ext.
Comments:
ADP Coordinator Date
THE FOLLOWING TO BE COMPLETED BY NCC
SITE-ID Central Computer Operations:
Day:
Telephone numbers to use:
FTS Night:
Mailing Address:
National Computer Center
Commercial U.S. EPA
Research Triangle Park
North Carolina 27711
Contacts: User Services Hours available for operation:
FTS 629-3649 Weekdays: to EOT
919/541-3649 Saturday: to EOT
Sunday: to EOT
Holidays: to EOT
Comments:
Figure 6-2. Request for Batch Terminal Support Form.
6.7-2
-------
The batch SITE ID is of the form OATAXX and must be transmitted to
the NCC UNIVAC 1100 at sign-on before any processing can be initiated.
6.7.1 Initiating a Remote Batch Processing Session
Communications are established with the NCC UNIVAC 1100 through
data communication modems over voice-grade telephone lines. The NCC
UNIVAC 1100 will support RJE processing only at 4800 bits/second (BPS)
transmission rate. A list of nationwide ROE telephone access numbers for
the NCC is given in Table 6-4.
Batch processing through an RJE terminal essentially means that the
terminal-to-computer data link must be established and the computer card
deck must be read into the computer in a prescribed manner. Since this
procedure varies dramatically among terminal vendors, the user should
refer to his terminal hardware operating manual for the appropriate
procedure. If any problems or questions arise, the user should contact
NCC User Services.
6.7.2 Terminating a Remote Batch Processing Session
The termination of a remote batch processing session depends upon
which UNIVAC RJE terminal is being used (or emulated). The user should
consult his terminal hardware operations manual for the correct procedure.
6.7-3
-------
TABLE 6-4. NCC REMOTE BATCH ACCESS TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Location Transmission Rate (BPS) Telephone
Continental U.S. 4800 919/541-2094
(toll outside RTP) (3 lines)
Continental U.S. (except NC) 4800 800/334-9761
(toll free) (8 lines)
NOTE: 4800 BPS transmission requires Bell 208B dataset or equivalent.
6.7-4
-------
6.8 EADS USER SUPPORT
IERL/RTP is committed to the on-going support of the EADS and its
associated software. The administrative functions relative to the EADS
are provided by the Special Studies Staff in IERL. Technical development
and maintenance is provided by the EADS Support Staff, which is composed
of government contractors under the direction of the EADS Program Manager.
The EAOS Technical Support Staff has the responsibility for conducting the
data QA program, updating documentation, developing analytical software
specifications, conducting information transfer activities, etc. This
function is being provided by Acurex Corporation in Mountain View,
California, and Midwest Research Institute in Kansas City, Missouri. Data
processing activities are also performed by Acurex Corporation in its
offices located at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
Any questions regarding the EADS should be directed to the EADS
Program Manager or the EADS Technical Support Staff. Their names,
addresses, and phone numbers are listed on page xi.
Problems relating to the operation of the NCC UNI VAC 1100, to data
communications, etc., are not the responsibility of the EADS Technical
Support Staff. These questions should be addressed to:
User Services
National Computer Center (MD-34B)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
FTS: 629-3649
Commercial: 919/541-3649
6.8-1
-------
SECTION 7
PROGRAM LIBRARY
7.0 INTRODUCTION
The usefulness and usability of industrial discharge data which
have been compiled into a computerized information system is limited if
the data cannot be retrieved and utilized to answer questions that a user
(R
might have. As discussed previously, the employment of the SYSTEM 2000
data base management system provides a flexible set of commands that can
C&)
often answer many questions. SYSTEM 2000^Natural Language, as this
command language is called, is a powerful tool for the knowledgeable user;
that is, the user who is familiar with or has received training in the use
of SYSTEM EOOO^X The Natural Language commands are limited, however,
especially when there is a need to perform calculations using the data or
when a special formatted report is required. In addition, most EADS users
are not likely to undertake training in the use of SYSTEM 2000^Natural
Language, nor should these users be expected to have any particular
expertise in the use of computers or computer programs. This means that
no user of the EADS should be required to have any special computer-related
training in order to use the EADS data bases.
In order to provide greater flexibility to the user and to simplify
the retrieval of data, an extensive program library is being developed for
the EADS. The programs described in the following subsections are
7.0-1
-------
applicable to one or more of the waste stream data bases contained in the
EADS.
Each entry in the program library is described by a brief abstract
which identifies in general terms the input required from the user and the
output to be expected. Some programs will be applicable to both demand
(interactive) processing and batch processing, and step-by-step
instructions for executing the program in both modes are given when
appropriate. For demand processing, it is assumed that the user has
successfully established communications with the UNIVAC U-1100 computer as
described in Section 6 of this user guide. In like manner, batch users
are assumed to have established communicat ions with the UNIVAC U-1100
through a remote terminal device or have the capability of submitting run
requests locally at the EPA National Computer Center at Research Triangle
Park, NC. All input requirements for each program are listed and a sample
(or representative) output is provided. Any comments pertaining to the
use of the program which may be helpful to the user are also given.
As new user programs are developed and made available to the EADS
user community, this section will be expanded.
7.0-2
-------
7.1 SERIES REPORT
7.1.1 Applicability; FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.1.2 Abstract
The SERIES Report is the basic report for the EADS waste stream
data bases. This report lists all of the data contained in the test
series by stream, test operating level, and sample. The length of the
SERIES Report will depend upon the quantity of data contained in the test
series.
The format of the SERIES Report follows the structure of the EADS
data base. The first page of the report describes the source that was
sampled, identifies the sponsor of the testing and the organization which
did the actual testing, and provides any commentary on the test series
which was included. Beginning with the second page, the Report describes
the effluent stream level, including the control/treatment technology
design parameters. Following this, the test operating level is reported
which includes the control/treatment technology operating parameters and
the description of the source fuel or feed material. Next, the sample
level and any subsequent components are described. These data include the
chemical, radiological, and biological analysis results. The chemical
data may include Level 1 Environmental Assessment data as well as
compound-specific data for inorganics and organics. The chemical and
radiological data for various sampling components are summarized by
chemical/radiological species (or Level 1 fraction).
For the FPEIS, the SERIES Report provides calculated particle size
distributions for impaction-type sampling equipment including cumulative
mass concentrations, geometric mean diameters, etc. Where other types of
samples are used, the mass or number concentration is provided. The data
7.1-1
-------
are given as a function of particle size; that is, as a function of
components of the sampling system.
The SERIES Report may be run by inputting the TSN and the data base
name. The Report may be initiated only through a "demand" terminal
session although the SERIES program is only executed as a batch -job. The
demand session gives complete instructions for using the SERIES Report
program.
7.1.3 User Data Required
• EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEGS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
• Valid TSN (or range of TSN's)
7.1.4 Data Qualification Required
None
7.1.5 Limitations/Restrictions
The SERIES Report program user has several printing options
available, including the NCC local printers, remote high-speed terminal
printers, and low-speed time-sharing (demand) terminals. Because of the
length of the SERIES Report for most of the test series, it is recommended
that the low-speed terminal option be avoided where possible.
7.1.6 Functional Description
Using the EADS waste stream data base name and the TSN, the
selected test series is retrieved and printed in its entirety. Multiple
SERIES Reports may be initiated during one session.
7.1.7 User Instructions — Demand File name: EADS.SERIES
The SERIES Report program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer. User access through the demand terminal allows the program to be
7.1-2
-------
executed as a batch job. The user should initiate the demand session by
following the procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1. When the session is
completed, the demand session may be ended by following the instructions
given in Section 6.6.2.
(In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.SERIES (Enter the file name)
CIS 6R1 16:21:01
THE ASSUMED MODE IS FIELDATA
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?> YES (Enter YES or NO)
THIS MODULE IS DESIGNED TO RUN THE SERIES REPORT FOR ANY VALID TEST SERIES
NUMBER AND DATA BASE NAME ENTERED. INFORMATION REQUIRED TO RUN THIS
ROUTINE WILL BE ENTERED BY THE USER AS PROMPTED BY THIS MODULE.
(If the answer to the preceding question had been NO, the above
statements would be skipped.)
ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:> (Enter a valid NCC Account Number)
ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME (Enter the data base name)
(FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):>
IS THE SERIES NUMBER IN A RANGE (YES OR N0)?> YES
YOUR REQUEST IS A CONTINUOUS RANGE
ENTER THE FIRST SERIES NUMBER:> (Enter the first TSN)
ENTER THE LAST SERIES NUMBER:> (Enter the last TSN)
(If the response to the range question is NO, the above statements
are skipped. The computer will prompt the user with the following
question.)
7.1-3
-------
ENTER THE TEST SERIES NUMBER:> (Enter the TSN)
ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES (Enter the number of copies wanted)
IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>
-DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?> NO (Enter YES or NO)
(If YES had been entered, the program would request the forms ID.
Please consult the NCC User Reference Manual or the EADS Program Manager
before attempting to use this feature. The NO response means that
standard, one-part computer paper will be used.)
ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS
TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN PRINTER:>
(If there is no preference, press the return key. If the output is
to be a remote high-speed terminal, enter the site ID of the terminal. If
a user demand terminal is to receive the output, enter the user ID for
that terminal user.)
ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?> (Enter YES or NO)
(If additional selections are to be made, enter NO and the program
will prompt for the data base name selection. If YES, there will be a
normal exit.)
Please refer to Section 7.1.9 for sample runs of the demand SERIES
Report program. An example of the SERIES Report is given in
Section 7.1.10.
7.1.8 User Instructions — Batch
Batch (card input) processing of the SERIES Report program is not
available.
7.1-4
-------
7.1.9 Sample Demand Runs
(To be added later.)
7.1.10 Sample SERIES Report
(To be added later.)
7.1-5
-------
7.2 CHEMICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (CHEM-SEARCH)
7.2.1 Applicability: FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.2.2 Abstract
The Chemical Search Program (CHEM-SEARCH) enables the user to
"search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of a particular chemical species. The user may identify the
chemical species by its Chemical Abstracts Services (CAS) Number, its
Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG) Number, or its empirical formula. If
a search is to be made of part of a data base, the data base name must be
given and the range of TSN's must be specified. Both demand and batch
versions of the program are available to the user. The demand version
provides complete instructions on the use of the program through an
interactive interface with the user. A "Help" command is also available
to users who encounter problems.
The output from the CHEM-SEARCH program provides additional
information on the chemical species selected, including the MEG ID Number,
CAS Number, empirical formula, preferred name, molecular weight, other
names by which the chemical is known, and whether or not the chemical is
designated as a priority pollutant, hazardous pollutant, or both. For
each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series in which
the chemical of interest is reported. The program does not report the
concentration of the chemical species. The selection criteria requires
only that the chemical species be found once in a given test series even
though multiple occurrences of the chemical may be present. It is
recommended that the user request the SERIES Report for each test series
identified in order to get more information.
7.2-1
-------
7.2.3 User Data Required
• Valid Chemical ID Code (MEG ID or CAS Number) or Empirical
Formula
• EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, 6EDS, and/or SDDS)
• Range of TSN's (optional)
7.2.4 Data Qualification Required
None
7.2.5 Limitations/Restrictions
The user is cautioned to use care when selecting the empirical
formula format option for organic compounds. Since several organic
compounds of the same class may have the same formula (e.g., isomers), it
would likely be safer to search on the basis of the MEG ID or the CAS
Number.
7.2.6 Functional Description
Using the user-supplied data on a particular chemical species, the
CHEM-SEARCH program initially checks the EADS Chemical Data Table (CDT) to
verify that a valid species has been requested. If so, both the MEG ID
and CAS Number are retrieved. The program next scans all of the data
bases specified using both the MEG ID and the CAS Number to search for the
chemical. If at least one occurrence of the species is found within a
test series, that test series is listed in the output. If no data are
found in the entire data base, this fact is also listed in the output.
7.2.7 User Instructions — Demand File name: EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
The CHEM-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand," or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer. User access in demand mode enables the program to be run in
"real time"; that is, the results are returned directly to the user.
7.2-2
-------
The user shall initiate a demand session by following the
procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1. When the session is completed, the
session may be ended by following the procedures given in Section 6.6.2.
(In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
X3ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH (Enter the file name)
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP. TO
CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED CHEMICALS REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA. THE USER
MUST IDENTIFY THIS CHEMICAL TO THE PROGRAM BY USING MEG, CAS ID NUMBERS OR
EMPIRICAL FORMULA.
>(CR)
THE FORMAT USED IS:
M/MMMMMM - FOR THE MEG NUMBER — OR ~
C/CCCCC-CC-C - FOR THE CAS NUMBER » OR ~
F/XXXXXXX... - FOR THE EMPIRICAL FORMULA.
>(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS). ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.
TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED. "STOP" AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME. "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM. "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS. (IMPORTANT - ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL
NOT BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE "HELP" RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)
>(CR)
7.2-3
-------
(If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements
are skipped.)
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA) (Use the format described above)
>C/00067-66-3
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED (Enter LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A (Enter YES or NO)
RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE (Enter the TSN)
RANGE
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>!P_
(If no particular data base is named, CHEM- SEARCH will scan all
entries in all four data bases. This is a lengthy sort and it is better
'to request each data base separately. When the data base is specified,
the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as
shown. If a range is not requested by the user, the last two queries are
skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
7.2-4
-------
(If a data base name is entered, the program will again ask if a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated. If END is entered,
the program starts to execute. Typical output is as follows.)
CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
MEG: 02A100 CAS: 00067-66-3 FORMULA: CHCL3
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 119.38 PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES: METHANE TRICHLORIDE
TRICHLOROMETHANE
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL END ***
At this point, the terminal is returned to the Control Mode; that is, the
program has finished and the user may now enter additional commands.
The CHEM-SEARCH program is very flexible and has a number of
options available to users. This flexibility is best seen through the
sample demand runs given in Section 7.2.9. Use of the "HELP" option is
also shown there.
7.2.8 User Instructions — Batch
The CHEM-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on the
UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input. It is assumed that the user has
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
7.2-5
-------
In order to run the CHEM-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following cards:
@RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
@ASG,A EADS.
(<>XQT,BHZ EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
. . . parameter cards . . .
3FIN
There are three types of parameter cards defined for CHEM-SEARCH
and they are used to drive the program. The Type 1 Parameter Card
identifies the chemical to be requested in terms of its MEG ID Number, CAS
Number, or empirical formula. The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies the
data base to be selected and specifies the range of TSN's to be searched.
The Type 3 Parameter Card is the END card which indicates to the program
that the input data have been completed.
The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
Card Col. 12345678
Type 1: M/AAAAAA
or C/BBBBB-BB-B
or F/DDDDD...
where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
M identifies the MEG Number AAAAAA;
C identifies the CAS Number BBBBB-BB-B; and
F identifies the Empirical Formula DDDD....
1 2
Type 2; Card Col. 12345678901234567890
DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in
column 1 (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),
7.2-6
-------
MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a right-justified
integer number in card columns 7-11,
(enter a dash in card column 12)
MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be specified.
The TSN should be entered as a right-justified integer
number in card columns 13-17.
*Note* If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the entire data
base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank.
Also, if one end of the TSN's range is entered, the other is
required also. A Type 2 parameter card must be included for each data
base requested. The order of the Type 2 cards is not important.
Type 3: Card Col. 123
END
This card signifies the end of the data. It should be the last
parameter card included in the card deck.
*Caution* The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck in the
following order:
Type 1
All Type 2
Type 3
Sample print-outs from CHEM-SEARCH are included in Section 7.2.10.
7.2.9 Sample Demand Runs
(1) MEG ID Number Format:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>M/02A065
7.2-7
-------
CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: M/02A065
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>M/02A100
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DO~YttJ WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
MEG: 02A100 CAS: 00067-66-3 FORMULA: CHCL3
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 119.38 PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES: METHANE TRICHLORIDE
TRICHLOROMETHANE
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
00011
00143
00144
00145
00147
00148
00150
00151
00152
00153
*** NORMAL END ***
>
7.2-8
-------
(2) Chemical Formula Format:
Caution: Be careful using this format for organic chemicals
where isomers may be encountered.
>(3ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>F/CHCL3
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>FPEIS
DO~YT5D~ WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/" END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
MEG: 02A100 CAS: 00067-66-3
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 119.38
OTHER NAMES: METHANE TRICHLORIDE
TRICHLOROMETHANE
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
FORMULA: CHCL3
PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
7.2-9
-------
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
>
(3) Use of HELP Conmand:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>F/C2CL4
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>HELP
"STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
"M/MMM . . , C/CCCCC-CC-C , F/XXXXX . . .
WILL SEARCH BY CHEMICAL
"FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" or "SDDS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
"END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>FPEIS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>!.
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>LEDS
DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
TETRACHLOROETHENE
MEG: 02B080 CAS: 00127-18-4 FORMULA: C2CL4
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 165.83 PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
7.2-10
-------
OTHER NAMES: ETHYLENE TETRACHLORIDE
PERCHLOROETHYLENE
TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
LEDS
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 and 00005
*** NORMAL END ***
(4) CAS Number Format:
>gADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>C/00127-18-4
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DOTOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>29
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>39
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
TETRACHLOROETHENE
MEG: 02B080 CAS: 00127-18-4 FORMULA: C2CL4
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 165.83 PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES: ETHYLENE TETRACHLORIDE
PERCHLOROETHYLENE
TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
7.2-11
-------
NO LEDS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00029 AND 00039
*** NORMAL END ***
>
(5) Example of User Aborted Run:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>M/02P101
CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: M/02P101
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>NO
(6) Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>C/01A001
INVALID CAS FORMAT (01A001 )
CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: C/01A001
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTFR THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>M/001AOQ1
CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: M/001A001
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>M/01A100
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DOftJ WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
7.2-12
-------
PENTANES
MEG: 01A100 CAS: FORMULA: C5H12
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 72.15
NO LEGS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
7.2.10 Sample Batch Runs
The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the
CHEM-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs. The user input cards (which
are listed in the output) are underlined.
(1) MEG ID Format:
@RUN.D/RS Run ID. Account Number .EADS JO. 20
OASG.A EADS.
0XQT.BHZ EADS. CHEM-SEARCH
CODE/CHEMICAL ID
M/48A100
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
GEDS
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS 00001-00100
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END
ELEMENTAL PHOSPHORUS
MEG: 48A100 CAS: 07723-14-0 FORMULA: P
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 30.97 HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES: BLACK PHOSPHORUS
RED PHOSPHORUS
WHITE PHOSPHORUS
YELLOW PHOSPHORUS
LEDS
00083
00089
00092
00093
7.2-13
-------
00094
00095
00096
NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
@FIN
(2) CAS Number Format:
@RUN.R/RS Run ID.Account Number.EADS.8.10
@ASG.A EADS.
FAC WARNING 040000100000
@XQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
0/00076-44-8
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
FPEIS
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
END
HEPTACHLOR
MEG: 16PN03 CAS: 00076-44-8 FORMULA: C10H5CL7
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 373.35 PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES: DRINOX
HEPTAGRAN
VELSICOL-104
LEDS
00058
00074
00076
00082
00089
00103
00113
00115
00116
00134
00140
7.2-14
-------
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
@FIN
(3) Empirical Formula Format:
@RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number.EADS.8.10
@AS6,A EADS.
FAC WARNING 040000100000
E>XQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
F/C10H5CL7
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
FPEIS
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
END
HEPTACHLOR
MEG: 16PN03 CAS: 00076-44-8 FORMULA: C10H5CL7
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 373.35 PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES: DRINOX
HEPTAGRAN
VELSICOL-104
LEDS
00058
00074
00076
00082
00089
00103
00113
00115
00116
00134
00140
7.2-15
-------
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
@FIN
(4) Invalid Data/Input Error Format:
(3RUN.R/RS Run ID.Account Number^ADS.S.lO
@ASG.A EADT7\
(PXQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
C/00076-44-8
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
FPEIS
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
1104A NO DATA AVAILABLE ON ACCEPT (Missing END Card)
ERROR ADDR: 015514 BDI: 000013
EXECS ERROR: CONTINGENCY TYPE-12 ERROR TYPE-03 CODE-00 AT PROG
ADD 012165
BDI'S: M-I=000013 M-D=000012 U-I=000000 U-D=000000
-800- SYSTEM ERROR CODE 816 xll = 007255-
**** PLEASE NOTIFY DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR ****
7.2-16
-------
7.3 SERIES SUMMARY INFORMATION PROGRAM (SNAP-SHOT)
7.3.1 Applicability: FPEIS, 6EDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.3.2 Abstract
The Series Summary Information Program (SNAP-SHOT) is a brief
report which summarizes the contents of an EADS test series. The report
gives an indication of "what" is contained in the test series without
getting into details. It will provide the user with an overview of the
test series in a brief format that would ordinarily require the obtaining
of a more detailed and lengthy SERIES Report (see Section 7.1).
The formation of the SNAP-SHOT Report follows the SERIES Report
very closely; it is as if a "snap-shot" had been made of the SERIES
Report. The first page of the SNAP-SHOT Report is the same as the first
page of the SERIES Report; that is, the source that was sampled is
described in terms of its industrial categorization and location (if
available); the sponsor of the testing and the organization which
performed the work are identified; and any comments on the test series are
provided. Any EADS test series which contain data from other media that
were collected at the same time are identified and a list of references
pertaining to the test series is provided. Next, a summary of the data to
be found in the test series is given, including the type of waste or
product streams reported, the type of control technology applied (if any),
the number of discrete samples collected and whether they were collected
from a control system inlet or outlet, and whether or not data are present
for the sample on the results of inorganic/non-Level 1 organic analysis,
Level 1 organic analysis, radionuclide analysis, and bioassay. Finally,
the total number of effluent or product streams is given along with the
total number of samples reported.
7.3-1
-------
The SNAP-SHOT program may be qualified by any combination of five
parameters to select several test series, or a specific range of test
series may be specified by the user. The five parameters which may be
chosen are as follows:
Source Category
Source Type
Product/Device
Process Type
Feed Material Category
Acceptable data for these parameters may be found in the
Terminology Reference Manual in Table A-l for the first four parameters
and in Table A-2 for the Feed Material Category. The user may specify any
combination of these parameters to retrieve summary information from a
particular data base. For example, a user may request SNAP-SHOT reports
for all test series where the Source Type equals UTILITY, Product/Device
equals BOILER, and Feed Material Category equals COAL; that is, the user
wants to identify all test series on coal-fired, utility boilers. The
user is not required to utilize this parameter option. He may instead
specify a single TSN or a range of TSN's.
The SNAP-SHOT program may be initiated either through a "demand"
(time-sharing) session or through submitting a batch job. The demand
version of the program prompts the user with complete instructions for its
use.
7.3.3 User Data Required
• EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, 6EDS, or SODS)
t Valid TSN (or range of TSN's) or
• Source Category, Source Type, Product/Device, Process Type,
and/or Feed Material Category
7.3-2
-------
7.3.4 Data Qualification Required
If the Parameters Option is selected, the user may qualify the
search for particular test series by inputting data for any combination of
the parameters chosen. The acceptable data are combined in the
Terminology Reference Manual in Table A-l and Table A-2. This
qualification is best shown by illustration in sections to follow.
7.3.5 Limitations/Restrictions
The SNAP-SHOT program user has several printing options available
including the NCC local printers, remote high-speed terminal printers, and
low-speed time-sharing (demand) terminals. While the SNAP-SHOT Report
itself is not long (usually two to three pages), the volume of output
could become voluminous, particularly if the Parameters Option is selected
and the subsequent retrieval involves many test series. Unless the user
is selecting a specific test series, it is recommended that the low-speed
terminal option be avoided where possible.
7.3.6 Functional Description
Using the EADS waste stream data base name and the TSN(s) (or the
source categorization parameters), the selected test series is (are)
retrieved from the data base and the summary information is printed.
7.3.7 User Instructions — Demand File name: EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT
The SNAP-SHOT program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer. User access through the demand terminal allows the program to
be executed as a batch job. The user should initiate the demand session
by following the procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1. When the session
is completed, the demand session may be ended by following the
instructions given in Section 6.6.2.
7.3-3
-------
(In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT (Enter the file name)
CIS 6R1 16:21:01
THE ASSUME MODE IS FIELDATA
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS:^ YES (Enter YES or NO)
THIS MODULE IS DESIGNED TO RUN THE SNAP-SHOT REPORT FOR ANY VALID TEST
SERIES NUMBER AND DATA BASE NAME ENTERED. INFORMATION REQUIRED TO RUN
THIS ROUTINE WILL BE ENTERED BY THE USER AS PROMPTED BY THIS MODULE.
THE PARAMETERS OPTION ALLOWS THE USER TO SEARCH THE ENTIRE DATA BASE FOR
ALL TEST SERIES WHICH SATISFY THE SELECTION CRITERIA.
>(Press carriage return to continue)
THE PARAMETERS FOR WHICH VALUES MAY BE ENTERED ARE AS FOLLOWS:
SOURCE CATEGORY
SOURCE TYPE
PRODUCT/DEVICE
PROCESS TYPE
FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
>(Press carriage return to continue)
OTHERWISE, THE USER MAY ENTER A SINGLE TEST SERIES NUMBER OR A RANGE OF
TEST SERIES NUMBERS.
>(Press carriage return to continue)
(If the answer to the instructions question was NO, the above statements
would be skipped.)
ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:> (Enter a valid NCC Account Number)
ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME (Enter the data base name)
(FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, or SDDS):>
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
>YES (Enter YES or NO)
ENTER THE VALUE FOR THE PARAMETER AS PROMPTED.
IF NO DATA TO BE INPUT FOR THIS PARAMETER, PRESS RETURN.
SOURCE CATEGORY:> (CR) (Enter value from Table A-l,
Terminology Reference Manual, or
press return.)
7.3-4
-------
SOURCE TYPE:> UTILITY
PRODUCT/DEVICE:> BOILER
PROCESS TYPE:> (CR)
-FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY:> COAL (Enter value from Table A-2,
Terminology Reference Manual, or
press return.)
ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES (Enter the number of copies wanted)
IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:> (CR)
DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?> NO (Enter YES or NO)
(If YES had been entered, the program would request the forms ID.
Please consult the NCC User Reference Manual or the EADS Program Manager
before attempting to use this feature. The NO response means that
standard, one-part computer paper will be used.)
ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN
PRINTER:> (CR)
(If there is no preference, press the return key. If the output is
to be a remote high-speed terminal, enter the site ID of the terminal. If
a user demand terminal is to receive the output, enter the user ID for
that terminal user.)
ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?> (Enter YES or NO)
(If additional selections are to be made, enter NO and the program
will prompt for the data base name selection. If YES, there will be a
normal exit.)
Please refer to Section 7.3.9 for sample runs of the demand
SNAP-SHOT program. An example of the SNAP-SHOT Report is given in
Section 7.3.11.
7.3-5
-------
It should be emphasized that SNAP-SHOT does not actually execute as
a demand (time-sharing) job. The demand routine creates a job stream
which is processed as a batch job by the U-1100.
7.3.8 User Instructions — Batch
The SNAP-SHOT program may also be executed as a batch joB on the
UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input. It is assumed that the user has
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
In order to run the SNAP-SHOT program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following cards:
@RUN,R/RS RUN ID, Account Number, EADS, 5, 50/50
@ASG,A EADS.
@XQT,BHZ EADS. SNAP- SHOT
. . . parameter cards . . .
Three types of parameter cards are used to identify the options
selected and to drive the program. If the user wishes to print the
SNAP-SHOT report for a specific TSN (or range of TSN's), the following
Type 1 parameter card is used:
1 2
Type 1; Card Col. 12345678901234567890
DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
(choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),
MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a right-justified
integer number in card columns 7-11,
(enter a dash in card column 12)
7.3-6
-------
MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be specified.
The TSN should be entered as a right-justified integer
number in card columns 13-17.
*Note* If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if a single test
series is selected), leave card columns 12-17 blank.
If the user wishes to select the Parameters Option, then the Type 2
parameter cards should be used. Any or all of the following cards may be
included in any order:
1234
Type 2 Card Col. 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
"^ SOURCE CATEGORY VVVV V
SOURCE TYPE VVVV V
PRODUCT/DEVICE VVVV V
PROCESS TYPE VVVV —V
FEED MATERIAL VVVV V
where VVVV V is the valid value from Table A-l or Table A-2 in the
Terminology Reference Manual beginning in column 21,
and not exceeding 20 characters in length.
Following the Type 1 or Type 2 cards, the Type 3 card is entered to
indicate the end of the data. It should be the last parameter card in the
deck before the @FIN card. The card has the following format:
Type 3: Card Col. 123
-" END
*Caution* The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck in the
following order:
Type 1 or Type 2
Type 3
Examples of batch runs of SNAP-SHOT are given in Section 7.3.10.
7.3-7
-------
7.3.9 Sample Demand Runs
(1) SNAP-SHOT for a Specific TSN:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:> Account Number
ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME
(FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):> FPEIS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
>NO
DO~~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE TEST SERIES NUMBER:> 225
ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES
IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:> 2
DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?:> NO
ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN
PRINTER:> (CR)
ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?> YES
*** NORMAL EXIT ***
(2) SNAP-SHOT for a Range of TSN's:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:> Account Number
ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME
(FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):> FPEIS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
>NO
DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>29
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>39
ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES
IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:> 2
DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?:> NO
7.3-8
-------
ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN
PRINTER:> (CR)
ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?> YES
*** NORMAL EXIT ***
7.3.10 Sample Batch Runs
(To be added later.)
7.3.11 Sample Output
(To be added later.)
7.3-9
-------
7.4 BIOLOGICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (BIO-SEARCH)
7.4.1 Applicability; FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.4.2 Abstract
The Biological Search Program (BIO-SEARCH) enables the user to
search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of the results of a particular bioassay test. The user may
identify the bioassay results either by specifying the type of bioassay or
the specific test name as found in the EADS Terminology Reference Manual
Tables A-ll and A-12, respectively. If a search is to be made of part of
a data base, the data base name must be given and the range of TSN's must
be specified. Both demand and batch versions of the program are available
to the user. The demand version provides complete instructions on the use
of the program through an interactive interface with the user. A "Help"
command is also available to users who encounter problems.
For each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series
in which the bioassay of interest is reported. The program does not
report the results of the biological tests. The selection criteria
requires only that the bioassay be found once in a given test series even
though multiple occurrences of the assay may be present. It is
recommended that the user request the SERIES Report for each test series
identified in order to get more information.
7.4.3 User Data Required
• Valid Bioassay Test Type or Bioassay Test Name
• EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
• Range of TSN's (optional)
7.4-1
-------
7.4.4 Data Qualification Required
None
7.4.5 Limitations/Restrictions
None
7.4.6 Functional Description
Using the user-supplied data on a particular bioassay test type or
test name, the BIO-SEARCH program initially checks the data to verify that
a valid bioassay test type or name has been requested. The program next
scans all of the data bases specified using either the test type or the
test name. If at least one occurrence of the assay is found within a test
series, that test series is listed in the output. If no data are found in
the entire data base, this fact is also listed in the output.
7.4.7 User Instructions — Demand File name: EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
The BIO-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer. User access in demand mode enables the program to be run in
"real time"; that is, the results are returned directly to the user.
The user shall initiate a demand session by following the
procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1. When the session is completed, the
session may be ended by following the procedures given in Section 6.6.2.
(In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH (Enter the file namYES '
INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP
TO CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
7.4-2
-------
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED BIOASSAYS REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA. THE USER
MUST IDENTIFY THIS BIOASSAY TO THE PROGRAM BY USING THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE
OR TEST NAME.
>(CR)
THE FORMAT USED IS:
A/TESTTYPE - FOR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE
B/TESTTYPE - FOR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE
>(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS). ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.
TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED. "STOP" AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME. "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM. "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS. (IMPORTANT - ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT
BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)
>(CR)
(If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements
are skipped.)
ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME (Use the format described above)
>A/CYTOTOXICITY
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED (Enter LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A
RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTTR THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE
RANGE
(Enter YES or NO)
(Enter the TSN)
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
RANGE
(If no particular data base is named, BIO-SEARCH will scan all
entries in all four data bases. This is a lengthy sort and it is better
to request each data base separately. When the data base is specified,
7.4-3
-------
the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as
shown. If a range is not requested by the user, the last two queries are
skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
(If a data base name is entered, the program will again ask if a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated. If END is entered,
the program starts to execute. Typical output is as follows.)
BIOASSAY TEST TYPE: CYTOTOXICITY
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL END ***
>
At this point, the terminal is returned to the Control Mode; that is, the
program has finished and the user may now enter additional commands.
The BIO-SEARCH program is very flexible and has a number of options
available to users. This flexibility is best seen through the sample
demand runs given in Section 7.4.9. Use of the "HELP" option is also
shown there.
7.4.8 User Instructions — Batch
The BIO-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on the
UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input. It is assumed that the user has
7.4-4
-------
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
In order to run the BIO-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following cards:
(3RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
@ASG,A EADS.
(3XQT.BHZ EADS.BIO-SEARCH
. . . parameter cards . . .
Three types of parameter cards are defined for BIO-SEARCH and they
are used to drive the program. The Type 1 Parameter Card identifies the
assay to be requested in terms of its test type or test name. The Type 2
Parameter Card identifies the data base to be selected and specifies the
range of TSN's to be searched. The Type 3 Parameter Card is the END card
which indicates to the program that the input data have been completed.
The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
Type 1: Card Col. 12345678...
A/TESTTYPE
or B/TESTNAME
where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
A identifies the bioassay test type TESTTYPE; and
B identifies the bioassay test name TESTNAME.
1 2
Type 2: Card Col. 12345678901234567890
DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
(choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SODS),
MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a
right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,
7.4-5
-------
(enter a dash in card column 12)
MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a
right- justified integer number in card
columns 13-17.
*Note* If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the
entire data base is to be searched), leave card columns
7-17 blank.
Also if one end of the TSN's range is entered, the
other is required also. A Type 2 parameter card must
be included for each data base requested. The order of
the Type 2 cards is not important.
Type 3; Card Col. 123
END
This card signifies the end of the data. It should be the last
parameter card included in the card deck.
*Caution* The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
in the following order:
Type 1
All Type 2
Type 3
Sample print-outs from BIO-SEARCH are included in Section 7.4.10.
7.4.9 Sample Demand Runs
(1) Test Name Format:
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
>B/CHOV
BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR: B/CHOV
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTTR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
>B/CHO
DOTOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
7.4-6
-------
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
BIOASSAY TEST NAME: CHO
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
00011
00143
00144
00145
00147
00148
00150
00151
00152
00153
*** NORMAL END ***
(2) Use of HELP Command:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
EfiTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
>A/MUTAGENICITY
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>HELP
"STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
"A/TESTTYPE", "B/TESTNAME"
WILL SEARCH BY TEST TYPE OR NAME
"FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS", OR "SODS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
"END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE
>YES
7.4-7
-------
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>FPEIS
DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>!
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>LEDS
DOOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
BIOASSAY TEST TYPE: MUTAGENICITY
LEDS
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005
*** NORMAL END ***
(3) Example of User Aborted Run:
>@ADD EADS. RUN/BIO-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
> A/AMES
BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR: A/ AMES
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN:
>NO
7.4-8
-------
(4) Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
EflTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
>B/CYTOTOXICITY
BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR: B/CYTOTOXICITY
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
>A/CYTOTOXICITY
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DO~TO"U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
BIOASSAY TEST TYPE: CYTOTOXICITY
NO LEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
7.4.10 Sample Batch Runs
The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the
BIO-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs. The user input cards (which
are listed in the output) are underlined.
(1) Use of Bioassay Test Name:
(aR'JN.D/RS Run ID.Account Number.EADS. 10T20
EASG.A EADS.
gXQT.BHZ EADS.BIO-SEARCH
ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
B/RAM
7.4-9
-------
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
GEDS
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS 00001-00100
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END
BIOASSAY TEST NAME: RAM
LEDS
00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096
NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
0FIN
7.4-10
-------
7.5 RADIOLOGICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (RAD-SEARCH)
7.5.1 Applicability; FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.5.2 Abstract
The Radiological Search Program (RAD-SEARCH) enables the user to
•search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of a particular radionuclide. The user may identify the
radionuclide by its chemical symbol and isotope (mass) number in the form
XX-NNN. If a search is to be made of part of a data base, the data base
name must be given and the range of TSN's must be specified. Both demand
and batch versions of the program are available to the user. The demand
version provides complete instructions on the use of the program through
an interactive interface with the user. A "Help" command is also
available to users who encounter problems.
For each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series
in which the radionuclide of interest is reported. The program does not
report the concentration of the radionuclide species. The selection
criteria require only that the radionuclide species be found once in a
given test series even though multiple occurrences of the radionuclide may
be present. It is recommended that the user request the SERIES Report for
each test series identified in order to get more information.
7.5.3 User Data Required
t Valid Radionuclide Chemical Symbol and Isotope Number
• EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
• Range of TSN's (optional)
7.5.4 Data Qualification Required
None
7.5-1
-------
7.5.5 Limitations/Restrictions
None
7.5.6 Functional Description
Using the user-supplied data on a particular radionuclide species,
the RAD-SEARCH program scans all of the data bases specified to "search for
the radionuclide. If at least one occurrence of the species is found
within a test series, that test series is listed in the output. If no
data are found in the entire data base, this fact is also listed in the
output.
7.5.7 User Instructions -- Demand File name: EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
The RAD-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer. User access in demand mode enables the program to be run in
"real time"; that is, the results are returned directly to the user.
The user shall initiate a demand session by following the
procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1. when the session is completed, the
session may be ended by following the procedures given in Section 6.6.2.
(In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH (Enter the file name)
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP. TO
CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED RADIONUCLIDES REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA. THE
USER MUST IDENTIFY THIS RADIONUCLIDE TO THE PROGRAM BY USING THE CHEMICAL
SYMBOL AND ISOTOPE (MASS) NUMBER.
>(CR)
7.5-2
-------
THE FORMAT USED IS: XX-NNN
WHERE XX = THE CHEMICAL SYMBOL
NNN = THE ISOTOPE (MASS) NUMBER
>(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
-LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS). ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.
TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED. "STOP" AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME. "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM. "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS. (IMPORTANT.- ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT
BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)
>(CR)
(If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements
are skipped.)
ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID (Use the format described above)
>RN-220
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED (Enter LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
>GEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A (Enter YES or NO)
RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE (Enter the TSN)
RANGE
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
RANGE
>K)
(If no particular data base is named, RAD-SEARCH will scan all
entries in all four data bases. This is a lengthy sort and it is better
to request each data base separately. When the data base is specified,
the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as
shown. If a range is not requested, by the user, the last two queries are
skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)
7.5-3
-------
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
(If a data base name is entered, the. program will again ask if a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated. If END is entered,
the program starts to execute. Typical output is as follows.)
RADIONUCLIDE: RN-220
GEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL END ***
>
At this point, the terminal is returned to the Control Mode; that is, the
program has finished and the user may now enter additional commands.
The RAD-SEARCH program is very flexible and this flexibility is
best seen through the sample demand runs given in Section 7.5.9. Use of
the "HELP" option is also shown there.
7.5.8 User Instructions — Batch
The RAD-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on the
UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input. It is assumed that the user has
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
In order to run the RAD-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following cards:
7.5-4
-------
@RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number, EADS,5,50/50
@ASG,A EADS.
eXQT.BHZ EADS.RAD-SEARCH
. . . parameter cards . . .
OFIN
Three types of parameter cards are defined for RAD-SEARCH and they
are used to drive the program. The Type 1 Parameter Card identifies the
radionuclide to be requested in terms of its chemical symbol and isotope
(mass) number. The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies the data base to be
selected and specifies the range of TSN's to be searched. The Type 3
Parameter Card is the END card which indicates to the program that the
input data have been completed.
The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
Type 1: Card Col. 12345678
XX-NNN
where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
XX = the chemical symbol, and
NNN = the isotope (mass) number.
1 2
Type 2: Card Col. 12345678901234567890
DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
(choose FPEIS, 6EDS, LEDS, or SODS),
MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a
right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,
(enter a dash in card column 12)
MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a
right-justified integer number in card
columns 13-17.
7.5-5
-------
*Note* If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the entire
data base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank,
Also, if one end of the TSN range is entered, the other is
required also. A Type 2 parameter card must be included
for each data base requested. The order of the Type 2
cards is not important.
Type 3: Card Col. 123
END
This card signifies the end of the data. It should be the
last parameter card included in the card deck.
*Caution* The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
in the following order:
Type 1
All Type 2
Type 3
Sample print -outs from RAD- SEARCH are included in Section 7.2.10.
7.5.9 Sample Demand Runs
(1) Radionuclide with Full Data Base Scan:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DO~TD"U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>FPEIS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
7.5-6
-------
RADIONUCLIDE: 1-131
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
>
(2) Use of HELP Command:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
>U-238
OOOTJ WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>HELP
"STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
XX-NNN FOR RADIONUCLIDE FORMAT WILL SEARCH BY RADIONUCLIDE
"FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" OR "SDDS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
"END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>FPEIS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTE"R THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>1
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY /"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>LEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
7.5-7
-------
>END
RADIONUCLIDE: U-238
LEDS
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005
*** NORMAL END ***
>
(3) Example of User Aborted Run:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID (FORMULA)
>KR-85M
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>STOP
7.5.10 Sample Batch Runs
The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the
RAD-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs. The user input cards (which
are listed in the output) are underlined.
(1) Multiple Data Base Selection:
(3RUN.D/RS Run ID,Account Number. EADS.10.20
QASG.A EADS.
gXQT.BHZ EADS.RAD-SEARCH
ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
KR-85
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
GEDS
7.5-8
-------
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS 00001-00100
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END
RADIONUCLIDE: KR-85
LEDS
00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096
NO 6EDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
7.5-9
-------
7.6 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY SEARCH PROGRAM (CONTROL-SEARCH)
7.6.1 Applicability: FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SODS
7.6.2 Abstract
The Control Technology Search Program (CONTROL-SEARCH) enables the
user to search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to
determine the presence of a particular control technology. The user may
identify the control technology by specifying either the generic device
type or the design type as given in Table A-4 of the EADS Terminology
Reference Manual. If a search is to be made of part of a data base, the
data base name must be given and the range of TSN's must be specified.
Both demand and batch versions of the program are available to the user.
The demand version provides complete instructions on the use of the
program through an interactive interface with the user. A "Help" command
is also available to users who encounter problems.
For each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series
in which the control technology of interest is reported. The selection
criteria require only that the control technology generic type or design
type be found once in a given test series. It is recommended that the
user request the SERIES Report for each test series identified in order to
get more information.
7.6.3 User Data Required
• Valid Control Technology Generic Device Type or Design Type
• EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
• Range of TSN's (optional)
7.6.4 Data Qualification Required
None
7.6-1
-------
7.6.5 Limitations/Restrictions
The user is cautioned to use care when selecting the Design Type
option for control technology. Since several generic control system types
have the same or similar design types, it would likely be safer to search
on the basis of the generic type only, or thoroughly check the Terminology
Reference Manual to be certain of the correct Design Type value.
7.6.6 Functional Description
Using the user-supplied data on a particular control technology,
the CONTROL-SEARCH program initially checks to verify that a valid Generic
Device Type or Design Type has been requested. The program next scans all
of the data bases specified. If at least one occurrence of the generic
type or design type is found within a test series, that test series is
listed in the output. If no data are found in the entire data base, this
fact is also listed in the output.
7.6.7 User Instructions — Demand File name: EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
The CONTROL-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer. User access in demand mode enables the program to be run in
"real time"; that is, the results are returned directly to the user.
The user shall initiate a demand session by following the
procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1. When the session is completed, the
session may be ended by the following the procedures given in
Section 6.6.2.
(In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH (Enter the file name)
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
7.6-2
-------
INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP. TO
CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED CONTROL TECHNOLOGY REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA.
THE USER MUST IDENTIFY THIS CONTROL TECHNOLOGY TO THE PROGRAM BY USING THE
GENERIC DEVICE TYPE OR DESIGN TYPE.
THE FORMAT USED IS:
G/GENERICTYPE FOR THE GENERIC TYPE -- OR —
D/DESIGNTYPE FOR THE DESIGN TYPE.
>(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS). ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE. TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY
DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA BASE WHEN QUERIED. "STOP"
AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME. "STOP" WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.
"HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE FORMATS. (IMPORTANT -
ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER
THE HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)
>(CR)
(If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements
are skipped.)
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE (Use the format described above)
>G/BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE? (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED (Enter LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO~TOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A (Enter YES or NO)
RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE (Enter the TSN)
RANGE
>01
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
RANGE
>10
(If no particular data base is named, CONTROL-SEARCH will scan all
entries in all four data bases. This is a lengthy sort and it is better
7.6-3
-------
to request each data base separately. When the data base is specified,
the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as
shown. If a range is not requested by the user, the last two queries are
skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
(If a data base name is entered, the program will again ask if a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated. If END is entered,
the program starts to execute. Typical output is as follows.)
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE: BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL END ***
>
At this point, the terminal is returned to the Control Mode; that
is, the program has finished and the user may now enter additional
commands.
The CONTROL-SEARCH program is very flexible and has a number of
options available to users. This flexibility is best seen through the
sample demand runs given in Section 7.6.9. Use of the "HELP" option is
also shown there.
7.6-4
-------
7.6.8 User Instructions — Batch
The CONTROL-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on
the UNI VAC U-1100 using punched card input. It is assumed that the user
has card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
In order to run the CONTROL-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following cards:
(3RUN/RS Run ID, Account Number, EADS, 5, 50/50
(3ASG.A EADS.
GXQT.BHZ EADS. CONTROL-SEARCH
. . . parameter cards . . .
Three types of parameter cards are defined for CONTROL-SEARCH and
they are used to drive the program. The Type 1 Parameter Card identifies
the control technology to be requested in terms of its generic type or
design type. The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies the data base to be
selected and specifies the range of TSN's to be searched. The Type 3
Parameter Card is the END card which indicates to the program that the
input data have been completed.
The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
1 2 3
Type 1; Card Col. 123456789012345678901234567890123456
G/AAAAAAAA .......... AA
or D/BBBBBBBBBB ...................... BB
where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
G identifies the Generic Type AAAA ____ ; and
D identifies the Design Type
1 2
Type 2: Card Col. 12345678901234567890
DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
7.6-5
-------
"STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
"G/AAA...", "D/BBB..."
WILL SEARCH BY GENERIC/DEVICE TYPE,
"FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" OR "SODS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
"END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>FPEIS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>i
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>GEDS
DO~70~U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
>YES
ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
>5
ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE: ESP
FPEIS
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
NO GEDS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005
*** NORMAL END ***
(3) Example of User Aborted Run:
>eADD EADS. RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
7.6-8
-------
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>D/ACTIVATED SLUDGE
DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>LEDS
DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO_
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY DESIGN TYPE: ACTIVATED SLUDGE
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
00011
00143
00144
00145
00147
00148
00150
00151
00152
00153
*** NORMAL END ***
(2) Use of HELP Command:
>6>ADD E ADS. RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>G/ESP
$rm WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>HELP
7.6-7
-------
where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
(choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),
MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a
right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,
(enter a dash in card column 12)
MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
specified. The TSN should be entered as a
right-justified integer number in card columns
13-17.
*Note* If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the entire
data base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank.
Also, if one end of the TSN range is entered, the other is
required also. A Type 2 parameter card must be included
for each data base requested. The order of the Type 2
cards is not important.
Type 3: Card Col. 123
END
This card signifies the end of the data. It should be the
last parameter card included in the card deck.
*Caution* The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
in the following order:
Type 1
All Type 2
Type 3
Sample print-outs from CONTROL-SEARCH are included in Section 7.6.10.
7.6.9 Sample Demand Runs
(1) Device Type Format:
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>D/ACTIVATED SLUGE
CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: D/ACTIVATED SLUGE
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
7.6-6
-------
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>D/MULTICLONE
CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: D/MULTICLONE
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>NO
(4) Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:
>gADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
>NO
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>C/ESP
INVALID FORMAT (C/ESP)
CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: C/ESP
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>G/ESPS
CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR: G/ESPS
WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
>YES
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
>6/ESP
00 YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
>YES
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
>GEDS
DO~YO~U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
>NO
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE: ESP
NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
7.6-9
-------
7.6.10 Sample Batch Runs
The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the
CONTROL-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs. The user input cards
(which are listed in the output) are underlined.
(1) Design Type Format:
@RUN.D/RS Run ID,Account NumbertEADS,10,20
@ASG,A EADS.
(9XQT.BHZ E"AD"S. CONTROL-SEARCH
ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
D/ACTIVATED CARBON
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
SODS
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS 00001-00100
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END
LEDS
00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096
NO SDDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE
*** NORMAL END ***
0FIN
7.6-10
-------
7.7 CASCADE IMPACTOR DATA REDUCTION SYSTEM (CIDRS)
To be included in first update to the FPEIS User Guide
7.7-1
-------
APPENDIX A.I
LIST OF ERROR MESSAGES
-------
CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
44
47
40
4?
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
U
DATA BASE
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
CUD
C120
C125
C270
C130
C140
C145
C150
C230
C235
C240
C250
C260
C300
C340
C350
C155
C160
C170
C330
C361
C410
C430
C440
C45D
C460
C470
C475
C505
C505
C585
C610
caio
C820
C830
C840
C860
C1010
C1010
C10IO
C1060
C874
C876
C930
C931
C955
C955
C960
C965
ETO net
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
HISSING SOURCE CATEGORY
MISSING SOURCE TYPE
HISSING PRODUCT/DEVICE TYPE
NON-NUMERIC SIC CODE
MISSING PROCESS RATE
NON-NUMERIC DESIGN PROCESS RATE
HISSING PROCESS RATE UNITS
HISSING FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
NON-NUMERIC ZIP CODE
NON-NUMERIC FPEIS TSN
NON-NUMERIC SDDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC GEDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC LCDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC NPDES NUMBER
INVALID START DATE
INVALID FINISH DATE
MISSING SPONSOR ORGANIZATION
MISSING CONTRACT NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC TO/TD NUMBER
MISSING NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP
NON-NUMERIC COMMENT LINE NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC STREAM NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC FLOWRATE
NON-NUMERIC VELOCITY
NON-NUMERIC TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC MOISTURE CONTENT
NON-NUMERIC STACK HEIGHT
NON-NUMERIC/MUST BE 0 1 , 02, 03, 04 ,OR 05
DEVICE NUMBER MISSING OFF OF DO CARD
NON-NUMERIC SEQ NO OR GREATER THAN 14
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER NO.
NON-NUMERIC TEST ID NO
INVALID TEST DATE
NON-NUMERIC START TIME
NON-NUMERIC END TIME
NON-NUMERIC DESIGN CAPACITY
NON-NUMERIC DEVICEXPROCESS NUMBER
NO MATCH WITH DEVICE SET UP ON DO CARD
DEVICEXPROCESS NUMBER MISSING OFF El
NON-NUMERICXONLY 30 PARAMETERS PER DEVICE
NON-NUMERIC FEED MATERIAL SAMPLE MASS
NON-NUMERIC FEED MATERIAL SAMPLE VOLUME
INVALID VALUE TYPE NOT T OR N
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MS RECOVERED
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED
INVALID ACTUAL SOURCE SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
-------
I
ro
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
96
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
C967
C1203
C1206
C1212
C1215
C1224
C1227
C1230
C1233
C1236
C1239
C1248
C1218
C1251
C1245
C1243
C1244
C1246
C1257
C1260
C1262
C1264
C1266
C1270
C1276
C1278
C1280
C1282
C1303
C1313
C1316
CI303
C1330
C1429
C1430
C1847
C1850
C1852
C2540
C2540
C2550
C2550
C2590
C2595
C2600
C2605
C3034
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC METHOD TYPE
NON-NUMERIC/LESS THAN ZERO SAMPLE START TIME
NON-NUMERIC/LESS THAN ZERO SAMPLE DURATION
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE VELOCITY
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC MOISTURE CONTENT
NON-NUMERIC DENSITY
NON-NUMERIC DENSITY DETERMINATION
NON-NUMERIC VOLUME
NON-NUMERIC FLOURATE
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MASS
INVALID CODE NOT 0 OR I
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT FLOHRATE
NON-NUMERIC X ISOKINETIC
NON-NUMERIC C02
NON-NUMERIC CO
NON-NUMERIC 02
NON-NUMERIC N2
NON-NUMERIC DILUTION FACTOR
NON-NUMERIC PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
NON-NUMERIC PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
NON-NUMERIC UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER
NON-NUMERIC CALIBRATION/CALCULATION
NON-NUMERIC COMPONENT SEQ NO.
NON-NUMERIC CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
INVALID COMPONENT SEQUENCE NUMBER MATCH
NON-NUMERIC COMPONENT (ALIQUOT) MASS/VOLUME
NO SPACE IN EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS TABLE
INVALID VALUE TYPE NOT T OR N
NON-NUMERIC EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS VALUE
INVALID TOTAL MILLIGRAMS SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TCO
NON-NUMERIC TCO
NON-NUMERIC GRAV.
NON-NUMERIC GRAV.
TCO COUNT GREATER THAN 7 FORM 9
NON-NUMERIC INTENSITY
INVALID ACTUAL SOURCE SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
INVALID ACTUAL CONCENTRATION SYMBOL
-------
>
*
_-l
f
CODE
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
15J
154
IU
DATA BASE
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
COMPONENT
C3035
C3040
C3215
C3220
C3230
C3235
C3240
C3285
C3286
C3295
C3296
C3305
C3306
C3325
C3326
CJS65
C926
C946
C945
C3851
C3851
C950
C1425
C1425
C3830
C5635
C3851
C3851
C3840
CZ582
C2585
C2585
C3030
C32IO
C3205
C3300
C3301
EKDS PKGt
ERROR LI5T DATE 05/
MESSAGE
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TEST DURATION
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE NUMBER
INVALID TEST START DATE
INVALID TEST FINISH DATE
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE QUANTITY
NON-NUMERIC VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC HIGH CONFIDENCE VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH CONFIDENCE VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC MAXIUM APPLICABLE DOSE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC MAXIUM APPLICABLE DOSE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC MINIMUM EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC MINIMUN EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LINE NO.
INVALID SOURCE CATEGORY TABLE HATCH
INVALID FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY TABLE NATCH
INVALID CONTROL SYSTEM TABLE HATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS TABLE NATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYHORD TABLE NATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE(NOT S,C,M>
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE(NOT S.C.N)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPECNOT S.CtM)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID BIO-TEST NAME TABLE MATCH
INVALID BIO-TEST TYPE TABLE MATCH
NON-NUMERIC TEST SERIES NUMBER
INVALID DATA BASE TYPE (NOT F.G.L.S)
MISSING CARD ID
INVALID CARD NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC LOU CONFIDENCE LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOH CONFIDENCE LIMIT EXPONENT
SERIES NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING AO CARD
DATA BASE TYPE IS INVALID
TEST SERIES NUMBER NOT IN STATUS FILE
-------
I
-p.
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
175
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
161
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
191
192
193
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
C1845
C1310
C410
C505
CB10
C869
C1203
C1305
C870
C1209
C1835
C621
C6Z2
C623
C1427
C1064
C1067
C1068
C890
C910
C924
C925
C927
C7Z8
C934
C935
C948
C949
C950
C951
C1312
C1423
C1424
C1426
C1841
C1842
C1843
C1844
C184«
C1847
C2586
C2587
C2608
C2609
C3028
C3029
C3031
C3032
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
STATUS FILE MODIFY DID NOT WORK
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL M6 RECOVERED
NON-NUMERIC STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE
STREAM NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING CO CARD
DEVICE/PROCESS NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING DO CARD
TEST ID NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING EO CARD
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS SEQ NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING FO CARD
SAMPLE NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING HO CARD
COMPONENT NAME MISSING
SOURCE FEED MATERIAL MISSING
MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT/METHOD NAME MISSING
SPECIES ID FOR MEG MISALIGNED
INVALID VALUE TYPE
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH/LOW 1
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC PROXIMATE ANALYSIS VALUE
NON-NUMERIC ULTIMATE ANALYSIS PARAMETER VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC VALUE EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-MUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MILLIGRAMS RECOVERED
INVALID HIGH-LOM VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
-------
ERROR LIST
PAGE 5
DATE 05/12/80
CODE DATA BASE TYPE COMPONENT MESSAGE
207
208
209
210
211
213
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
F
F
F
F
F
F
C370
C372
C374
C378
C3S2
C384
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
SITE LATITUDE
SITE LONGITUDE
FRACTION DESIGN RATE OF
CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL
INDUSTRIAL
CATEGORY NO
ORIGIN
CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
NUMBER OF ESTAB.
I
01
-------
APPENDIX A.2
DATA BASE DEFINITION
-------
CMO TEST
SHUS
an UMTIIBUTIW
i (BUS mis
ro
i
uoo canto.
BUICt
I
cwo tttiaj
MOCUt
CMO MS1M
MMMTEI
1
CMO SOURCE/
PWCfSS
commons
CHS FUELS MO
FCEKfKU
L I 1
(HO CMHfttt
MN.fi It
CMO MM IIMTI
MMT1IS
CMO ATIMTI
M*inii
1
CIOOO CONTNOL
DC » IC£
C«»
CMMMTCIISTICS
HOW OKMTIM;
CUM «c[rTo»
OrCMTMC MM
CI200
M
CIJMCO
ymE
our
MMTITS
um IIOUSAT
MM
£1*10
cwiucrniisTics
titfo
MM.TSIS
into iivii i
mguic MM.TIIS
cum MOIO-
WCIIOC SPECIES
c>no 110-
OKM1SHS
C33M) 110-
FMCTIM
CirtMKO MM
Figure A.2-1. EADS data base tree.
-------
ro
i
ro
SYSTEM RELEASE NUMBER 2.80D
DATA BASE NAME IS EADS-EADS
DEFINITION NUMBER 6
DATA BASE CYCLE 273
10* EADS (NAME XXXX)
50* TEST SERIES (RG)
101* FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
SOURCE CATEGORY (NAME X(20) IN 50)
SOURCE TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
PRODUCT/DEVICE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
PROCESS TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
DESIGN PROCESS RATE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(6) IN 50)
DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS (NAME X(6) IN 50)
FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY (NAME X(10) IN 50)
SPONSOR ORGANIZATION (NAME XC30) IN 50)
SPONSOR ORGANIZATION CONTRACT NUMBER (NAME X(10) IN 50)
T.O./TD NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 50)
SOURCE NAME (NAME XC23) IN 50)
SITE NAME (NAME X(25) IN 50)
ADDRESS (NON-KEY NAME X(20) IN 50)
CITY (NAME XU8) IN 50)
STATE (NAME XX IN 50)
ZIP CODE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
COUNTRY (NAME X(5) IN 50)
FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9C5) IN 50)
SDDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
SIC CODE (INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 50)
NPDES NUMBER (NAME X(9) IN 50)
TITLE-I (NON-KEY NAME X(65) IN 50)
TITLE-2 (NON-KEY NAME X(65) IN 50)
AUTHOR (NON-KEY NAME X(30) IN 50)
NUMBER (NON-KEY NAME X(20) IN 50)
NTIS NUMBER (NON-KEY NAME X(20) IN 50)
PUBLICATION DATE (NON-KEY NAME X(15) IN
102*
103*
104*
110*
120*
125*
130*
140*
145*
150*
155*
160*
170*
180*
190*
200*
210*
220*
230*
232*
Z35«
240*
250*
260*
270*
300*
320*
321*
322*
323*
324*
325*
REFERENCE REPORT
REFERENCE REPORT
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
REFERENCE REPORT
REFERENCE REPORT
REPORT
REPORT
50)
330* NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP (NAME X(22) IN 50)
340* SERIES START DATE (NON-KEY DATE IN 50)
350* SERIES FINISH DATE (NON-KEY DATE IN 50)
355* DATE OF ENTRY (DATE IN 50)
370* SITE LATITUDE (DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 50)
372* SITE LONGITUDE (DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 50)
374* FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND ORIGIN (DECIMAL NUMBER 9.9999 IN 50
)
>105» TEST SERIES KEY (NAME X(6) IN 50)
106* OB KEY (NAME X IN 50)
360« TEST SERIES COMMENTS (R6 IN 50)
361* TSC-LINE NUMBER (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 360)
362« TEST SERIES COMMENT (NON-KEY TEXT X(63) IN 360)
376* CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIES (RG IN 50)
370* CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NUMBER fINTEGER NUMBER 9(
5) IN 376)
-------
380* 1NDUSTRY-COMMER1CAL SIC NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9799 IN 376
ro
i
u>
382* CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION (DECIMAL NUMBER 9.999 IN 376)
384* NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS (INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 376)
100* STREAM (RG IN 50)
,410* STREAM NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 400)
420* STREAM NAME (NAME X(34> IN 400)
430* MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5). 9
IN 400)
432* FLOW RATE UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(6) IN 400)
440* VELOCITY-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
IN 400)
450* TEMPERATURE-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 999
9 IN 400)
460* PRESSURE-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 I
N 400)
470* MOISTURE CONTENT (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 IN 400)
475* STACK HEIGHT (DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 400)
480* STREAM-COMMENTS 1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65) IN 400)
481* STREAM COMMENTS 2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65) IN 400)
500* CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY PROCESS (RG IN 4
00)
505* DEVICE/PROCESS NO (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 500)
510* GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 500)
515* DESIGN TYPE (NAME X(33) IN 500)
520* SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 500)
530* DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS (NAME XU2) IN 500)
540* DEVICE/PROCESS COMMERCIAL NAME (NAME X(30) IN 500)
550* MANUFACTURER (NAME XC30) IN 500)
580* DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY (RG IN 500)
585* DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY SEQ NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99
IN 580)
590* DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORD (NAME X(30) IN 580)
600* DESIGN PARAMETER ( RG IN 500)
610* DES-PARAMETER NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 600)
620* DES-PARAMETER NAME (NON-KEY NAME X(30) IN 600)
621* DES-PARAMETER TYPE (NON-KEY NAME X IN 600)
622* DES-PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY
IN 600)
623* DES-PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY
600)
624* DES-PARAMETER VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY
DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99
INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
NAME X(24) IN 600)
630* DES-PARAMETER TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY NAME X(24) IN 600)
800* SOURCE/PROCESS CONDITIONS DATA (RG IN 400)
>810* TEST-ID-NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 800)
820* TEST-DATE (NON-KEY DATE IN 800)
830* TEST-START TIME (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 800)
840* TEST-STOP TIME (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 800)
850* OPERATING MODE (NON-KEY TEXT X(31) IN 800)
860* PERCENT OF DESIGN CAPACITY (NON-KEY
9 IN 800)
861* TEST-COMMENT-1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65)
862* TEST-COMMENT-2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65)
863* TEST-COMMENT-3 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65)
865* FUELS-N-FEEDSTOCKS (RG IN 800)
869* FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 865)
DECIMAL NUMBER 999.
IN 800)
IN 800)
IN 800)
-------
ro
i
870* FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL (TEXT X(30) IN 865)
873* FF-FEED MATERIAL RATE (NON-KEY TEXT X(17) IN 865)
874* FF-SAMPLE MASS (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 865)
875* FF-SAMPLE MASS UNITS (NON-KEY TEXT X(6> IN 865)
876* FF-SAMPLE VOLUME (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 86
5)
877* FF-LABORATORY NAME (NAME X(40> IN 865)
878* FF-QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 865)
879* FF-SAMPLE VOLUME UNITS (NON-KEY TEXT X(7) IN 865)
970* FF-COMMENT 1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65) IN 865)
971* FF-COMMENT 2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65) IN 865)
972* FF-COMMENT 3 (NON-KEY TEXT X(65) IN 865)
880* FF-PROXIMATE ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
885* FF-PA-PARAMETER (NAME XU6) IN 880)
890* FF-PA-PARAMETER VALUE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9(7).
99 IN 880)
895* FF-PA-PARAMETER-UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(5) IN 880)
900* FF-ULTIMATE ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
90S* FF-UA-PARAMETER (NAME X(10) IN 900)
910* FF-UA-PARAHETER VALUE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
9 IN 900)
9ZO* FF-CHARACTERISTICS (RG IN 865)
923* FF-PARAMETER (NAME X(12) IN 920)
924* FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER
99.99 IN 9ZO)
925* FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER
99 IN 920)
926* FF-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 920)
927* FF-DETECTION LIMIT - LOW MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBE
R 99.99 IN 920)
928* FF-DETECTION LIMIT - LOW EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBE
R 99 IN 920)
929* FF-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(7) IN 92
0)
930* FF-VALUE TYPE (NON-KEY NAME X IN 920)
931* FF-PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9
9 IN 920)
932* FF-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY NAME XU8) IN 920)
933* FF-TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY NAME X(18) IN 920)
934* FF-PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
N 920)
935* FF-PARAMETER VALUE HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY NAME X IN 920)
940* FF-CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
945* FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES (NAME X(10) IN 940)
946* FF-C-CS-TYPE (NAME X IN 940)
947» FF-C-CS-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 940)
948* FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMB
ER 99.99 IN 940)
949* FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMB
ER 99 IN 940)
950* FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 9«0>
951* FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT LOM-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBE
R 99 IN 940)
952* FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT UNIT (NON-KEY NAME X(8) IN
-------
ro
i
en
953» FF-C-DETECT10H UWIT IOW-1UN (NON-KEY DECIWU WJMBE
R 99.99 IN 940)
955* FF-C-TOTAL MG RECOVERED (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5
).999 IN 940)
964* FF-C-CONCENTRATION-HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY NAME X IN
965* FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY DE
CIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 940)
967* FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY IN
TEGER NUMBER 99 IN 940)
969* FF-C-CONCENTRATION UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(ll) IN 940
1000* CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS OPERATING PARAMETERS (R
G IN 800)
1010* OP-DEVICE NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1000)
1050* OPERATING PARAMETERS (RG IN 1000)
1060* OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 105
0)
1064*
1065*
1066*
1067*
1068*
1069*
1070*
NAME X IN 105
X IN 1050)
DECIMAL NUMB
INTEGER NUMB
NAME XC24)
(NON-KEY NAME X(24)
OPERATING PARAMETER HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY
0)
OPERATING PARAMETER NAME (NON-KEY NAME X(30) IN 105
0)
OPERATING PARAMETER TYPE (NON-KEY NAME
OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY
ER 9.99 IN 1050)
OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 1050)
OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY
IN 1050)
OPERATING PARAMETER TEXT VALUE
IN 1050)
1100* RECEPTOR OPERATING DATA (RG IN 000)
1200* SAMPLE GROUP (RG IN 800)
1203* SMPL-NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1200)
1206* MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD TYPE (NAME X IN 1200)
1209* MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD NAME (NAME X(30) IN 1200)
1212* SMPL-START TIME (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 1200)
1215* SMPL-DURATION (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 1200)
1218* SMPL-MA5S/VOLUMETRIC FLOWRATE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER
9(5).9 IN 1200)
1219* SMPL-FLOWRATE UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(6) IN 1200)
1221* SMPL-FLOURATE MEASUREMENT METHOD (NAME X(20) IN 1200)
1224* SMPL-VELOCITY (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9 IN 1200)
1227* SMPL-TEMPERATURE (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 1200
)
1230* SMPL-PRESSURE (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 1200)
1233* SMPL-MOISTURE CONTENT (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 IN
1200)
1236* SMPL-DENSITY (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 IN 1200)
1239* SMPL-DENSITY DETERMINATION (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9
IN 1200)
1242* SAMPLING LOCATION DESCRIPTION (NON-KEY NAME XC30) IN
1200)
1243* INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9999 I
N 1200)
1244* INSTRUMENT PRESSURE (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 12
-------
ro
i
en
1245*
1246*
1247*
1248*
1251*
1254*
1257*
1260*
1262*
1264*
1266*
1268*
1270*
1274*
1276*
1278*
1280*
1282*
1290*
1291*
1292*
1293*
1300*
1303*
1305*
00)
SAMPLING LOCATION CODE (NAME X IN 1200)
INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN
1200)
SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
1200)
VOLUME OF SAMPLE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 12
00)
TOTAL MASS (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 1200)
MASS UNITS (NON-KEY NAME XX IN 1200)
PERCENT ISOKINETIC SAMPLING (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9
99 IN 1200)
CO-2 (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
CO (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
0-2 (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
N-2 (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
TRACE GASES IN PPM (NON-KEY TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
DILUTION FACTOR (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 120
0)
COLLECTION SURFACE/SUBSTRATE (NON-KEY TEXT X(55) IN 1
200)
PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 1200)
PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 1200
DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN
UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER (NON-KEY
9 IN 1200)
CALIBRATION/CALCULATION (NON-KEY
1200)
TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
(NON-KEY
(NON-KEY
SMPL-COMMENTS 1 (NON-KEY
SMPL-COMMENTS 2 (NON-KEY
SMPL-COMMENTS 3
SMPL-COMMENTS 4
TEXT XC65) IN 1200)
TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
COMPONENT (RG IN 1200)
COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1300)
SAMPLING EQUIPMENT COMPONENT NAME (NAME X(12) IN 130
0)
1310* STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE (DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1300)
1312* MASS HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY NAME X IN 1300)
1313* MASS MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1300)
1316* MASS EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1300)
1320* CHEMICAL ANALYSIS LAB NAME (NAME X(39) IN 1300)
1321* CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 1300)
1324* RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS LAB NAME (NAME X(40) IN 1300)
1325* RAD-QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 1300)
1330* COMPONENT ALIQUOT MASS-VOL (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER
9999.999 IN 1300)
1335* COMPONENT ALIQUOT UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(5) IN 1300)
1349* UG CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOU (NON-KEY NAME X IN 1300)
1350* UG-DNCM-STAGE-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1
300)
1351* UG-DNCM-STAGE-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 130
0)
1352* CUM-PCT-LESS THAN D50 (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
9 IN 1300)
1353* CUM-UG-ACM LESS THAN D50 MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBE
-------
ro
i
-•4
1354*
1355*
1356*
1357*
1358*
1359*
1360*
1361*
1362*
1363*
1364*
1365*
INTEGER NUHBE
DECIMAL NUMB
INTEGER NUMB
CUH-UG-ACH LESS THAN D50 EXP (NON-KEY
R 99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN D50 MAN (NON-KEY
ER 9.99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN D50 EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 1300)
GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAM-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.9
9 IN 1300)
GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAM-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99
IN 1300)
DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1300)
INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1300)
DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1300)
INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1300)
DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1
INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 130
IN 1300)
IN 1300)
IN 1300)
IN 1300)
DM-DLOG-MAN (NON-KEY
DM-DLOG-EXP (NON-KEY
DN-DLOG-MAN (NON-KEY
DN-DLOG-EXP (NON-KEY
NO-DNCM-STAGE MAN (NON-KEY
300)
NO-DNCM-STAGE EXP (NON-KEY
0)
NO-DNCM-HIGH-LOM (NON-KEY NAME X IN 1300)
EC-COMMENT 1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63)
1450* EC-COMMENT 2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63)
1860* IA-COMMENT-1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63)
1870* IA-COMMENT-2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63)
2610* L10A-COMMENT-1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
2620* L10A-COMMENT-2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
3050* RN-COMMENT 1 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
3051* RN-COMMENT 2 (NON-KEY TEXT X(63) IN 1300)
1410* EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS (R6 IN 1300)
1420* EC-PARAMETER (NAME X(12) IN 1410)
1423* EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-MAN (NON-KEY
ER 99.99 IN 1410)
1424* EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 1410)
1425* EC-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 1410)
1426* EC-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW MAN (NON-KEY
ER 9.99 IN 1410)
1427* EC-DETECTION LIMIT -LOH EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 1410)
1428* EC-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY
1410)
1429* EC-VALUE TYPE (NON-KEY NAME X IN 1410)
1430* EC-VALUE (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 1410)
1431* EC-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(8) IN 1410)
1432* EC-TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY NAME X(13) IN 1410)
1820* INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC SPECIES (RG I
N 1300)
1830* IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE (NAME X IN 1820)
1835* IA-SPECIES-ID (NAME X(10) IN 1820)
1840* IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD (NAME XX IN 1820)
1841* IA-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-MAN (NON-KEY
ER 99.99 IN 1820)
1842* IA-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 1820)
1843* IA-DETECTION LIMIT-LOM-MAN (NON-KEY
R 99.99 IN 1820)
IA-DETECTION LIMIT-LOM-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBE
DECIMAL NUMB
INTEGER NUMB
DECIMAL NUMB
INTEGER NUMB
NAME X(9) IN
DECIMAL NUMB
INTEGER NUMB
DECIMAL NUMBE
-------
ro
i
oo
R 99 IN 1820)
1845* IA-DETECTION UNIT (NON-KEY NAME X(8) IN 1820)
1850* IA-CONCENTRATION HAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
IN 1820)
1852* IA-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
N 1820)
1846* IA-TOTAL MG RECOVERED (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5
).999 IN 1820)
1847* IA-HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY NAME X IN 1820)
1836* IA-SPECIES-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 1820)
2520* LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS (RG IN 1300)
2530* L10A-FRACTION-ID (NAME XXX IN 2520)
2540* L10A-FRACTION-TCO (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.99
IN 2520)
2550* L10A-FRACTION-GRAV (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9
9 IN 2520)
2560* L10A-FRACTION-TOTAL (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.
99 IN 2520)
2570* L10A-FRACTION-EXTENDED-DATA (RG IN 2520)
2580* L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES TYPE (NAME X IN 2570)
2582* L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES (NAME X(10) IN 2570)
2583* L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 257
0)
2585* L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 2570)
2586* L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY DECIM
AL NUMBER 99.99 IN 2570)
2587* L10AFED-DETECTIOH LIMIT - HIGH EXP
EGER NUMBER 99 IN 2570)
2588* L10AFED-DETECTIOH LIMIT - UNITS
(8) IN 2570)
2590* L10AFEO-INTENSITY (NON-KEY
N 2570)
2595* L10AFED-HIGH-LOH (NON-KEY NAME X IN 2570)
2600* L10AFED-CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMB
ER 9.99 IN 2570)
2605* L10AFED-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMB
ER 99 IN 2570)
2608* L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-LOU-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMA
L NUMBER 99.99 IN 2570)
2609* LIOAFED-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW EXP (NON-KEY INTEGE
R NUMBER 99 IN 2570)
3020* RADIONUCLIDE-SPECIES CONCENTRATION (RG IN 1300)
3025* RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID (NAME X(8) IN 3020)
3028* RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMB
ER 99.99 IN 3020)
3029* RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 3020)
3030* RN-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 3020)
3031* RN-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW-MAN (NON-KEY
R 99.99 IN 3020)
3032* RN-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW EXP (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 3020)
3033* RN-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY
3020)
3034* RN-CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY NAME X IN 3020
(NON-KEY INT
(NON-KEY NAME X
INTEGER NUMBER 999 I
INTEGER NUMB
DECIMAL NUMBE
INTEGER NUMB
NAME X(8) IN
3035* RN-CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
-------
ro
i
IN
WO* RH-CONCENmilOW tXP tWJH-KtN IHTtGtH HUHBW W 1
N 3020)
3200* BIOASSAY DATA (RG IN 1200)
3205* BIO-TEST TYPE (NAME X(25) IN 3200)
3210* BIO-TEST NAME (NAME XC30) IN 3200)
3215* BIO-TEST DURATION (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9(6) IN 3
200)
3220* BIO-SAMPLE ID (NON-KEY NAME XXXX IN 3200)
3225* BIO-TEST LAB NAME (NAME X(41) IN 3200)
3226* BIO-TEST QA-QC (NAME XXX IN 3200)
3230* BIO-TEST START (NON-KEY DATE IN 3200)
3235* BIO-TEST END (NON-KEY DATE IN 3200)
3240* BIO-TEST SAMPLE QUANTITY (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9(
8) IN 3200)
3245* BIO-TEST SAMPLE UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(6) IN 3200)
3280* BIO-VALUE TYPE (NAME XXXX IN 3200)
3285* BIO-VALUE-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 3200)
3286* BIO-VALUE-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 3200)
3290* BIO-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(8> IN 3200)
3295* BIO-HI-CONF-LIMIT-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
IN 3200)
3296* BIO-HI-CONF-L1MIT-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
3200)
3300* BIO-LOH-CONF-LIMIT-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
IN 3200)
3301* BIO-LOW-CONF-LIMIT-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
N 3200)
3305* BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-DOSE-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER
9.999 IN 3200)
3306* BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-DOSE-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER
99 IN 3200)
3310* BIO-M-A-D-UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(9) IN 3200)
3315* BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY (NAME X(14) IN 3200)
3320* BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE (NAME X(14) IN 3200)
3325* BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-MAN (NON-KEY DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 I
N 3200)
3326* BIO-MJN-EFF-CONC-EXP (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
3200)
3330* BIO-MIN EFFECTIVE CONCEN. UNITS (NON-KEY NAME X(7)
IN 3200)
3335* BIO-APPROX-CONCENTRATION-FACTOR (NON-KEY NAME X(17)
IN 3200)
3250* BIO-ORGANISMS (RG IN 3200)
3255* BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS (NAME X(65) IN 3250)
3360* BIO-COMMENTS SUMMARY (RG IN 3200)
3365* BIO-COMMENT LINE NUMBER (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER 9
9 IN 3360)
3370* BIO-COMMENT (NON-KEY TEXT X(63) IN 3360)
-------
APPENDIX A.3
GLOSSARY
-------
The following table is a glossary of the data elements in the EADS
waste stream data bases. While this encompasses all the data elements in
EADS, note that no single data system (fine particles, gaseous, liquids,
or solids) contains all of the data elements. As an example, data element
C300 is the NPDES number which occurs only in the Liquid Effluents Data
System.
The table lists the name of the data element (in the order it
appears on the input forms), the data base variable name (as it is defined
in the data base definition), the corresponding component number(s) and
field size or format (from the data base definition), and a description of
the data element. For further clarification on these definitions, refer
to Section 4, the detailed encoding instructions.
In the field size or format, X(20) means an alphanumeric field
20 characters long. The format 9(5) means an integer field, five numbers
long, and 9(3).9(2) represents a decimal number field with three numbers
before the decimal point and two after.
The exponential format requires two data elements, a decimal number
for the mantissa, and an integer number for the exponent. In the
description of the data element, the exponential format is written
nn.nn E + nn.
A.3-1
-------
FORM 1 — Source Description
OJ
I
PO
Data Element Name
Data Base
Component
Data Base Variable Name Numbers
Field Size/Format
Description
FPEIS Test Series Number FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER C101
6EDS Test Series Number GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER CIOZ
LEDS Test Series Nuaber LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER C103
SDDS Test Series Number SDOS TEST SERIES NUMBER C104
(Not on Form) TEST SERIES KEY C105
(Not on Form) OB KEY C106
Source Category SOURCE CATEGORY C110
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Name X(6)
Name X
Name X(20)
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EAOS
Program Manager to each test series in the Fine
Particle Emissions Information System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series in the Gaseous
Emissions Data System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series 1n the Liquid
Effluents Data System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series In the Solid
Discharge Data System.
The code letter which identifies the data base (F. G,
L, or S) and the Test Series Number for data retrieval
purposes.
The code letter which identifies the data base (F, G,
L, or S), for data retrieval purposes.
The grouping of major generic industries or source
Source Type
Product/Device Type
SIC Code
Process Type
Design Process Rate
Process Rate Units
Feed Material Category
Source Name
Site Name
SOURCE TYPE C120 Name X(20)
PRODUCT/DEVICE C125 Name X(20)
SIC CODE C270 Integer 9999
PROCESS TYPE C130 Name X(30)
DESIGN PROCESS RATE C140 Integer 9(6)
DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS CHS Name X(6)
FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY C150 Name X(10)
SOURCE NAME C180 Name X(23)
SITE NAME C190 Name X(25)
classes; i.e., the broadest description of a source
(e.g., COMBUST-ENERGY, CHEMICAL MANUFAC, METALS, and
NATURAL PRODUCTS).
The kind of source within a source category (e.g.,
INDUSTRIAL, INORGANIC ACIDS, PRIMARY FERROUS, and
WOOD).
The general device or specific product (e.g., BOILER,
SULFURIC ACID, STEEL, and PULP AND PAPER).
The U.S. Department of Commerce Standard Industrial
Classification code.
The unique process being tested (e.g., TANGENTIAL,
CONTACT PROCESS, BLAST FURNACE, and SULFATE PULPING).
The design capacity of the process.
The design process rate units, reflecting the type of
process tested.
The general category of the process feed material or
fuel (e.g., COAL, OIL, GAS, WOOD, SOLIOWASTE, and MTL
SCRAP).
The name of the source.
The name of site where the source is located.
-------
FORM 1 — Continued
CO
I
CO
Data Element Name
Street /Box Number
City
State
Zip Code
Country
Data Base Variable Name
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
COUNTRY
Data Base
Conponent
Numbers
C200
C210
CZZO
C230
C232
Field Size/Format
Name X(20)
Name X(18)
Name XX
Integer 9(5)
Name X(5)
Description
The number and name of the street address of
The name of the city, township, or area.
The two- letter code for the state or Canadian
The zip code for the address of the site.
The abbreviation for the country in which the
the site.
province.
source Is
FPE15 Test Series Nuafcer
SODS Test Series Hunter
BEDS Test Series MuMber
LEDS Test Series Hunter
NPDES Hunter
Start Date
Finish Date
(Not on Form)
FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
C235
SODS TSH CROSS REFERENCE C240
GEOS TS* CROSS REFERENCE C250
LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE C.260
MPDES NVMBEft
SERIES START DATE
SERIES FINISH DATE
DATE Of ENTRY
C300
C340
C350
C355
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Name X(9)
Date
Date
Date
located.
The Fine Particle Emissions Information System Test
Series Number associated with the fine participate
information which was collected from the state source
and at the same time as the data for the test series
currently being encoded.
The Solid Discharge Data System Test Series Number
associated with the solid discharge Information which
was collected from the same source and at the same tine
as the data for the test series currently being encoded.
The Gaseous Emissions Data System Test Series Number
associated with the gaseous information which was
collected from the same source and at the sane time as
the data for the test series currently being encoded.
The Liquid Effluents Data System Test Series Number
associated with the liquid effluent information which
was collected from the sane source and at the sane tine
as the data for the test series currently being encoded.
The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
number assigned by Permit Sections of the State or EPA
Regional Offices.
The starting date of the sampling activity.
The finishing date of the sampling activity.
The date indicating when the test series data were
loaded into the data base, used for internal records.
-------
FORM 1 — Concluded
Data Element Name
Sponsor Organization
Contract Number
TO/TD Number
Name of Sampling Group/
Contractor
Reference Report Title
Reference Report Author
Reference Report Number
• Reference Report
-------
FORM 1A ~ Wastewater Collection System Effluent Identification
Data Element Name
Site Latitude
Site Longitude
Fraction Design Rate of
Industrial Origin
Contributing Industrial
Category Number
I ndu s try/CoiMerc 1 a 1
SIC Number
Category Flow Contribution
Number of Establishments
Data Base Variable Name
SITE LATITUDE
SITE LONGITUDE
FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND
ORIGIN
CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL
CATEGORY NUMBER
INDUSTRY -COMMERCIAL SIC
NUMBER
CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C370
C372
C374
C378
C380
C382
C384
Field Size/Format
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 999.99
Decimal 9.9999
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9999
Decimal 9.999
Integer 9999
Description
The site latitude in units of degrees North.
The site longitude in units of degrees west.
The fraction of the Influent stream that Is from
industrial sources.
The sequential number for the category of Industry or
commercial activity that contributes waste flow to the
source.
The U.S. Department of Commerce Standard Industrial
Classification code.
The fraction of flow contributed by the Industry or
commercial activity.
The number of establishments In the service area.
en
-------
FORM 2 — Stream Design Characteristics and Control Device/Treatment Process Data
Data Element Name
Stream Number
Flowrate
Flowrate Units
Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture Content
Stack Height
Stream Name
Stream Comments as Text
Device Number
Generic Device/Process Type
Design Type
Specific Process/
Device Type
Device/Process Class
Device/Process
Commercial Name
Data Base Variable Name
STREAM NUMBER
MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOWRATE
FLOW RATE UNITS
VELOCITY -SAMPLING LOCATION
TEMPERATURE-SAMPLING
LOCATION
PRESSURE-SAMPLING LOCATION
MOISTURE CONTENT
STACK HEIGHT
STREW NAME
STREAM-COMMENTS 1: 2
DEVICE/PROCESS NO
GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE
DESIGN TYPE
SPECIFIC PROCESS/
DEVICE TYPE
DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS
DEVICE/PROCESS
COMMERCIAL NAME
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C410
C430
C432
C440
C450
C460
C470
C475
C420
C4SO:
C4S1
C505
C510
C515
C520
C530
C540
Field Si2e/Format
Integer 99
Decimal 9(5). 9
Name X(6)
Decimal 999.9
Integer 9999
Decimal 99.9
Decimal 99.9
Decimal 9999.9
Name X(34)
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Integer 99
Name X<20)
Name X(33)
Name X(20)
Name X(l?)
Name X(30)
Description
The sequential number assigned to each effluent stream
sampled at the source.
The design total mass or volumetric flowrate of the
effluent in the sampled stream at normal maximum
operating conditions.
The appropriate units of the stream flowrate.
The design velocity of the effluent stream 1n m/sec at
normal maximum operating conditions.
The design temperature of the effluent stream In
degrees Celsius at normal maximum operating conditions.
The design absolute pressure in units of kPa of the
effluent stream at normal maximum operating conditions.
The design moisture content In percent by volume of the
effluent stream at normal maximum operating conditions.
The height of the stack In meters, relative to ground
level.
The name of the effluent stream sampled at the source
(e.g., boiler flue gas. process wastewater, bottom ash,
etc.).
The comments on the stream data.
The number assigned to each control device or
treatment, storage, or recovery process, unique within
a test series.
The type of generic control device or treatment process.
The control device/treatment process design type.
The control device/treatment process specific type.
The device/process class.
The commercial name and model number of the
device/process.
-------
FORM 2 -- Concluded
CO
Data Element Name
Manufacturer
Sequence Number
Device/Process Keyword
Parameter Number
Design Parameter Name
Value T>pe
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
Text/Units
Data Base Variable Name
MANUFACTURER
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY
SEQ NUMBER
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY
KEYWORD
DES-PARAMETER NUMBER
DES-PARAMETER NAME
DES-PARAMETER TYPE
DES-PARAMETER VALUE
HAN; EXP
DES-PARAMETER TEXT VALUE;
VALUE UNITS
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C550
C585
C590
C610
C620
C621
C622;
C623
C630;
C624
Field Size/Format
Name X(30)
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Name X
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(24);
Name X(24)
Description
The name of the device/process manufacturer.
The sequential number assigned to each device/
process keyword.
The word that best describe the control device/
treatment process in greater detail.
The sequential number for the design parameter.
The name of the design parameter.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The numeric value of the design parameter. In
exponential format, nn.nn E + nn.
The text value of the design parameter, or the units
of the numeric value of the design parameter.
-------
FORM 3 — Test Identification and Control Device/Treatment Process Operating Parameters
CO
00
Data Element Name
Test ID Number
Test Date
Start Time
End Time
Operating Node
Percent of Design Capacity
Device/Process Nunfcer
Operating Parameter Number
Operating Parameter Name
Value Type
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Parameter Value
Operating Parameter
Text/Units
Convents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
TEST- ID- NUMBER
TEST -DATE
TEST-START TIHE
TEST-STOP TIHE
OPERATING MODE
PERCENT OF DESIGN CAPACITY
OP-OEVlCe HUKIBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NAME
OPERATING PARAMETER TYPE
OPERATING PARAMETER
HIGH-LOW
OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE
MAN: EXP
OPERATING PARAMETER TEXT
VALUE; VALUE UNITS
TEST-COMMENT-1; -2; -3
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C810
C820
C830
C840
C850
C860
C1010
C1060
C1065
C1066
C1064
C1067;
C1068
C1070;
C1069
C861;
C862;
C86J
Field Size/Format
Integer 999
Date
Integer 9999
Integer 9999
Text X{31)
Decimal 999.9
Integer 99
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Name X
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(24);
Name X(24)
Text X(65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The sequential number for each test. A test is defined
as a sample or series of samples at a given point in
time for a particular source/control operating
condition.
The date the test was conducted or begun.
The test starting time on the basis of a 24-hour day.
The test finish time on the basis of a 24-hour day.
The mode of operation of the source at the time of the
test (e.g., batch, continuous, cyclic, etc.).
The percent of the design capacity at which the source
is operating during the test.
The unique number previously assigned to each control
device/treatment process.
The sequential number for each control device operating
parameter.
The name of the operating parameter.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for nunfcer.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The numeric value of the operating parameter, in
exponential format, n.nn E * nn.
The text value of the operating parameter, or the units
of the numeric value of the operating parameter.
The comnents on the test operating conditions.
-------
FORM 4 — Fuels and Feedstocks
Data Element Name
Source Feed Material
Feed Material Rate and Units
Feed Material Sample Mass
Feed Material Mass Units
Sequence Number
Laboratory Name
QA/QC Code
> Feed Material Sample Volume
V Volume Units
to
Proximate Analysis Parameter
Value
Units
Ultimate Analysis Parameter
Value
Parameter Name
Value Type
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Data Base Variable Name
FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL
FF-FEED MATERIAL RATE
FF-SAMPLE MASS
FF-SAMPLE MASS UMTS
FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER
FF-LABORATORr NAME
FF-QA-qC CODE
FF-SAMPLE VOLUME
FF-SAMPLE VOLUME UNITS
FF-PA-PARAMETER
FF-PA-PARAMETER VALUE
FF-PA-PARAMETER-UNJTS
FF-UA-PARAMETER
FF-UA-PARAMETER VALUE
FF-PARAMETER
FF- VALUE TYPE
FF-PARAMETER VALUE HIGH-LOW
Data Base
Conponent
Numbers
C870
C873
C874
C875
C869
C877
C878
CB76
C879
C885
C890
C895
C905
C910
C9Z3
C930
C935
Field Size/Format
Text X(30)
Text X(17)
Decimal 999.99
Te»t X(6)
Integer 9
Name X(40)
Name XXX
Decimal 999.99
Text X(7)
Name X(16J
Decimal 9(7). 99
Name X(5)
Name X(10)
Decimal 999.99
Name X(12)
Name X
Name X
Description
The specific name of the source feed material (e.g.,
Western PA Bituminous, Kraft Pulp, etc.).
The measured operating (not design) input rate of the
source with the appropriate units.
The mass of the feed material sample.
The units of the feed material sample mass.
The sequential number that identifies each feed
material or fuel type used.
The name of the laboratory that performed the fuels and
feedstocks analysts.
The quality assurance/quality control code for the
laboratory.
The volume of the feed material sample.
The units of the feed material sample volume.
The parameter associated with the proximate fuel
analysis, as per ASTM 03172-73.
The value of the proximate analysis parameter.
The units of the proximate analysts parameter value.
The parameter associated with the ultimate fuel
analysis, «s per ASTM 03176-74.
The value of the ultimate analysis parameter in units
of percent by weight.
The name of the fuels and feedstocks parameter analyzed
(e.g., bulk density, viscosity, pour point, etc.),
excluding inorganic trace elements and organic chemical
species and compounds.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or K for number.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
-------
FORM 4 — Concluded
Data Element Name Data Base Variable Name
Value FF-PARAMETER VALUE
MAN; EXP
Units FF-VALUE UNITS;
FF-TEXT VALUE
Analytical Method FF-ANALYSIS METHOD
High Detection Limit FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH
MAN; EXP
Low Detection Limit FF-DETECTION LIMIT -
LOW MAN; EXP
Detection Limit Units FF-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
*
U)
(— *
o
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C931;
C934
C932;
C933
C926
C924;
C925
C927;
C928
C929
Field Size/Format
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(18);
Name X(18)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(7)
Description
The value of the parameter, In exponential format
n.nn E + nn.
The text value of the parameter, or the units of the
numeric value of the parameter.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
-------
FORM 5 ~ Fuels and Feedstocks — Chemical Analysis
Data Element Name
Chemical ID Type
Category/Species 10
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Forwj
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Y* Detection Limit Units
t— •
Total Milligrams Recovered
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Concentration
Actual Concentration Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
FF-C-CS-TYPE
FF-C -CATEGORY/SPECIES
FF-C-CS-PRIORITY
FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD
FF-C-OETECTION LIMIT
HIGH NAN; EXP
FF-C-OETECTION LIMIT
LOU-NAN; -EXP
FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT
UNIT
FF-C-TOTAL MG RECOVERED
FF-C -CONCENTS ATION-HIGH-LOW
FF-C-CATEGORV/SPECIES
CONCENTRATION MAN; EXP
FF-C-CONCENTRATION UNITS
FF -COMMENT 1; 2; 3
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C946
C945
C947
C950
C948;
C949
C953;
C951
C952
C9S5
C964
C965;
C967
C969
C970;
C971;
C972
Field Size/Format.
Name X
Name X(10)
Name X
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X{8)
Decimal 9(5). 999
Name X
Decimal 9.99
Integer 99
Name X(ll)
Text X(65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The chemical entry code which determines the type of
chemical ID used (C for CAS number or M for MEG number).
The chemical ID for the organic category or species, or
the inorganic species.
Identification of whether the chemical species is a
NRDC Consent Decree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E i nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The total milligrams of the category/species found in
the sample.
The appropriate sign Indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual concentration of the category/species, In
exponential format, n.nn E » nn.
The units of the actual concentration.
The comments on the analysis of the fuels and
feedstocks.
-------
FORM 6 — Sampling Activity Description
CO
I—»
ro
Data Element Name
Sample Number
Method type
Measurement Instrument/
Method Name
Sailing Start Time
Sampling Duration
Measured Stream Velocity
Measured Stream Temperature
Data Base Variable Name
SMPL-NUMBER
MEASUREMENT INST/
METHOD TYPE
MEASUREMENT INST/
METHOD NAME
SMPL-START TIME
SMPL-DURATION
SMPL-vaocm
SMPL-TEMPERATURE
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1203
C1206
C1209
C1212
C1215
C1224
C1227
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Name X
Name X(30)
Integer 9999
Integer 999
Decimal 999.9
Integer 9999
Description
The sequential number for each sample, unique within a
Test ID. A sample is the measurement or group of
measurements taken with a single measurement method to
define the composition of a stream at a given point in
tine.
The code letter for the type of measurement instrument/
method; I for inert ial impaction (e.g., impactor,
SASS). or X for other.
The name of the measurement instrument/method.
The start time of the sample collection on the basis of
a 24-hour day.
The duration of the sample collection activity in
minutes.
The measured velocity of the effluent stream In m/sec.
The measured temperature of the effluent stream in
Measured Stream Pressure
Measured Stream Moisture
Content
Density
Density Determination
Sample Volume
Measured Stream Flowrate SMPL-MASS/VOLUMETRIC
FLOWRATE
SMPL-PRESSURE C1230
SMPL-MOISTURE CONTENT C1233
SMPL-DENSITY C1236
SMPL-DENSITY DETERMINATION C1239
VOLUME OF SAMPLE C1248
mis
Flour ate Units
SMPL-FLOWRATE UNITS
C1219
Flowrate Measurement Method SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT C1221
METHOD
units of degrees Celsius.
Integer 999 The measured absolute pressure of the effluent stream
at the sampling location. In units of kPa.
Decimal 99.9 The measured moisture content of the effluent stream at
the sampling location, fn units of percent by volume.
Decimal 99.9 The particle density of a participate laden gas stream,
or the bulk density of a solid discharge stream, In
g/cm3.
Integer 9 The number I for measured density, or 0 for assumed
density.
Decimal 999.99 The total volume collected for the sample in units of
m3 (or liters for a liquid sample).
Decimal 9(5).9 The measured total mass or volumetric flowrate of the
effluent stream at the sampling location.
Name X(6) The units of the effluent stream flowrate.
Name X(20) The technique or equipment used to determine the
effluent stream flowrate.
-------
FORM 6 — Continued
Data Element Name
Sample Total Mass
Mass Units
Sampling Location Code
Device/Process Number
Sampling Location Description
Instrument Temperature
Instrument Pressure
Instrument Flowrate
Percent Isokfnctlc
C02
CO
02
"2
Dilution Factor
data Base Variable Name
TOTAL MASS
MASS UNITS
SAMPLING LOCATION CODE
SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE
NUMBER
SAMPLING LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE
INSTRUMENT PRESSURE
INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE
PERCENT ISOKINET1C SAMPLING
CO-Z
CO
0-2
N-2
DILUTION FACTOR
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1251
C1254
C1245
C1247
C1242
C1243
C1244
Cl?46
C12S7
C1260
C1262
Cl?64
C1J66
C1270
Field Size/Format
Decimal 999.99
Name XX
Name X
Integer 99
Name It (30)
Integer 9999
Integer 999
Decimal 9999.9
Integer 999
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 9999.9
Description
The total mass of the sample collected.
The units of the sample mass.
The code letter for the sampling location; I for inlet
of control device/treatment process or for uncontrolled/
untreated, 9 for outlet of control device/treatment
process, G for treatment plant inlet, H for treatment
plant outlet, or S for final sludge disposal outlet.
The number which identifies to which device or process
the sampling location code refers.
The sampling location description in terms of proximity
to control devices and discharge points, including any
Information that affects the sampling and transport of
discharges or emissions.
The temperature of the sampling Instrument In degrees
Celsius.
The Inlet absolute pressure of the sampling instrument
in kPa.
The Instrument flowrate In liters/minute .
The percent 1sok1net1c sampling achieved at the
sampling location.
The amount of CO; as a percent of total gas on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The amount of CO as a percent of total gat on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The amount of Oj as a percent of total gas on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The amount of N? as a percent of total gas on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The ratio of aerosol concentration (on either a mass or
number basis) in the original gas stream to that of the
measured sample. The number 1 if the aerosol is not
diluted, as is ttie usual case when sampling with
imp actors.
-------
FORM 6 -- Concluded
CO
I
Data Element Name
Particle Diameter Basis
Particle Concentration Basis
Upper Boundary Diameter
Calibration/Calculation
Trace Gases In PPM
Collection Surface/
Substrate
Convents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER
CAL I BRAT ION/CALCULATION
TRACE SASES IN PPM
COLLECTION SURFACE/
SUBSTRATE
SMPL -CWWENTS 1; 2;
3; 4
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1276
C1278
C1280
C1282
C1268
C1Z74
C1290;
C129V;
C1292;
C1293
Field Size/Format
Integer 9
Integer 9
Decimal 999.99
Integer 9
Text X(65)
Text X(55)
Text X(65);
Text M6S);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The number 0 for Stokes particle diameter, 1 for
classic aerodynamic particle diameter, or 2 for
aerodynamic impact ion particle diameter.
The number 1 if the instrument/method measures mass, or
0 if it measures the number of particles.
The upper boundary diameter in units of microns.
The number 1 for calibrated instrument cut diameters,
or 0 for calculated instrument cut diameters.
The results of trace gas analysis, with the chemical
symbol followed by a dash and the value In parts per
million (e.g., S92-15).
The description of any surface or substrate used for
sampling.
The comments on the sampling activity.
-------
FORM 7 or 7A — Component Data and Effluent Characteristics
3»
•
OJ
t-*
tn
Data Element Name
Component Sequence Hunter
Component Name
Stage/Filter Cut Sl2e
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Stage Height/
Component Mass/
Concentration
Mass Concentration/Stage
(Not on Fora]
NuMber Concentration/Stage
(Not on Fora)
Cumulative Mass Percent
Less Than Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Cumulative Mass/Actual
Cubic Meter Less than
Stage Size
(Not on For*)
Cumulative Mass/
Dry Normal Cubic Heter
Less Than Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Geometric Mean
Diameter/Stage
(Not on For*)
Data Base Variable Name
COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO
SAW LING EQUIPMENT
COMPONENT NAME
STAGE/ FILTER CUT SIZE
MASS HIGH-LOW;
UG CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW;
HO-DNCM-HIGH-LOM
MASS MAN;
EXP
UG-DN CM- STAGE -MAN;
-EXP
NO-DNCM-STAGE MAN;
EXP
CUH-PCT-LESS THAN 050
CUM-UG-ACH LESS THAN
050 MAN; EXP
CUM-UG-DNCH LESS THAN
D50 MAN; EXP
GEOMETRIC MEAN
DIAM-MAN; -EXP
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1303
C1305
C1310
C1312;
C1349;
C1365
C1313;
C1316
C1350;
CI351
C1363;
C1364
C1352
C1353;
C1354
C1355;
C1356
C1357;
C13S8
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Name X(12)
Decimal 99.99
Name X;
Name X;
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 999.99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Description
The sequential number for each component of the
measurement instrument /method analyzed.
The specific component of the sampling equipment (e.g.,
the 10 micron cyclone of a SASS train, the filtrate of
a liquid sample, etc.).
The particle boundary diameter 1n units of microns.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The stage weight (FPEIS), component weight (BEDS, LEDS),
or mass (SODS) in milligrams; or the mass concentration
(FPEIS) in micrograms/dry normal cubic meter; or the
number concentration (FPEIS) in number of particles/dry
normal cubic meter, for the sampling system component,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated mass concentration per stage
in micrograos/dry normal cubic meter, in exponential
format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated number concentration per
stage fn number of particles per dry normal cubic
meter, in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative percent of the
total m«ss less than the stage sire (dSOJ.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative mass concentra-
tion in micrograms per actual cubic meter, in expo-
nential format, n.nn E * nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative mass concentra-
tion in micrograms per dry normal cubic meter, 1n expo-
nential format, n.nn E +_ nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated average of the logarithms
of the maximum and minimum particle sizes found on the
stage. In exponential format, n.nn E * nn.
-------
FORM 7 or 7A — Concluded
Data Element Name
Differential Mass
Concentration/Stage
(Not on Form)
Differential Number
Concentration/Stage
(Not on For*)
Chemical Analysis
Laboratory Name
Chemical QA/QC Code
Radiological QA/QC Code
Radiological Analysis
Laboratory Name
Component (Aliquot)
Mass/Volume
Mass/Volume Units
:>
Y* Effluent Parameter Name
i-«
ot
Value Type
Value
Value Units
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection L1*1t
Detection Limit Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
DM-DLOG-MAN; -EXP
DN-DLOG-MAN;
-EXP
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
LAB NAME
CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE
RAD-QA-QC CODE
RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS
LAB NAME
COMPONENT ALIQUOT
NASS-VOL
COMPONENT ALIQUOT
UNITS
EC-PARAMETER
EC-VALUE TYPE
EC-VALUE;
EC-TEXT VALUE
EC-VALUE UNITS
EC-ANALYSIS METHOD
EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-
MAN; -EXP
EC-OETECTION LIMIT -LOW
MAN; EXP
EC-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
EC-COMMENT 1; 2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1359;
C1360
C1361;
C1362
C1320
C1321
C1325
C1324
C1330
C1335
C1420
C1429
C1430;
C1432
C1431
C1425
C1423;
C1424
C1426;
C1427
C1428
C1440;
C1450
Field Size/Format
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(39)
Name XXX
Name XXX
Name X(40)
Decimal 9999.999
Name X(5)
Name X(12)
Name X
Decimal 9999.9;
Name X(13)
Name X(8)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(9)
Text X(63);
Text X(63)
Description
FPEIS Only: The calculated change in mass concentra-
tion due to particles caught on this stage (DM/DlogD),
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated change in number concentra-
tion due to particles caught on this stage (DN/DlogD),
In exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The name of the laboratory which performed the
chemical analysis on the samples.
The QA/QC code for the chemical analysis laboratory.
The QA/QC code for the radionuclide analysis laboratory.
The name of the laboratory which performed the
radionuclide analysis on the samples.
The mass or volume of the sample aliquot.
The appropriate units of the sample aliquot.
The name of the effluent parameter (e.g., opacity, pH,
oil and grease, odor, etc.), excluding organic and
inorganic species measurements.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The numeric or text value of the effluent parameter.
The units of the numeric value of the parameter.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E +_ nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
n.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The comments on the effluent characteristics.
-------
FORM 8 — Inorganic Analysis/Non-Level 1 Organic Analysis
OJ
I
Data Element Name
ID Type
Category/Species ID
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Form)
Analytical Method
High Detection Unit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Halt Units
Total Milligrams
Recovered
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Coiments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
IA- SPECIES- ID- TYPE
IA-SPECIES-ID
lA-SPEClES-PRIORlTY
IA-ANALYS1S-METHOD
IA-OETECTIOH LIMIT-
HIGH-MAtt; -CXP
1A-DETECTION LIMIT-
LOW-HAN; -EXP
IA-DCTECTIOK UNIT
1A-TOTAL MG RECOVERED
1A-HIGH-LOU
lA-CONCENTRATION MAN;
EXP
IA-COMHENT-1; -2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1830
C1835
C1836
C1840
C1841;
C1842
C1843;
C1844
C1845
C1846
C1847
C1850;
C185Z
C1860;
C1870
Field Sire/Format
Name X
Name X(10)
Nane X
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decinal 99.99;
Integer 99
Nane X(8)
Decimal 9(5). 999
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Text 1(63);
Text X(63)
Description
The chemical entry code which determines the type of
enemies 1 ID used (C for CAS number or M for KEG number).
The chemical ID for the organic category or species, or
the inorganic species.
Identification of whether the chemical species is a
NROC Consent Degree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection Unit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E +. nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format.
nn.nn E * nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The total milligrams of the category/species found 1n
the sample.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the category/species, in exponential format,
n.nn E + nn; In micrograms per cubic meter (FPEIS and
GEDS), per liter (LEOS), or per gram (SDOS).
The conments on the inorganic/non-Level 1 organic
analysis data.
-------
FORM 9 -- Level 1 Organic Analysis
co
Data Element Name
Fraction 10
TCO
Grav.
(Calculated Data - Not
On Form)
IB Type
Category/Species 10
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Hot on For*)
Analytical Method
High Detection Unit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Unit Units
Intensity
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Caments a tat
Data Base Variable Name
Ll
-------
FORM 10 — Radionuclide Data
CJ
»-•
<£>
Data Element Name
Radionucllde 10
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Contents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID
RN- ANALYSIS METHOD
RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH
NAN; EXP
RN-DETECTION LIMIT
-LOU-MAN; EXP
RN-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
RN-CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW
RN-CONCENTRATION MAN;
EXP
RN -COMMENT 1; 2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3025
C3030
C3028;
C3029
C3031;
C3032
C3033
C3034
C3035;
C3040
C3050;
C3051
Field Size/Format
Name X(8)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Text X(63);
Text X{63)
Description
The name of the isotope assayed, as a symbol followed
by a dash and the mass number (e.g., RA-226, U-235,
etc.).
The two-character code for the assay (analysis) method
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E *_ nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The appropriate sign Indicating if data are less than
or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the isotope, in exponential format, n.nn E + nn, in pCi
per cubic meter (FPEIS and GEOS), per liter (LEDS), or
per gram (SODS).
The comments on the radlonuclide data.
-------
FORM 11 — Bioassay Data
GO
I
8
Data Element Name
Test Type
Test Name
Test Duration
Lab Sample ID
Test Laboratory Name
Lab QA/QC Code
Test Start
Test End
Sample Quantity
Sample Quantity Units
Test Organisms/Strains
Type of Value
Value
Value Units
High Confidence Limit
Low Confidence Limit
Maximum Applicable Dose
Data Base Variable Name
BIO-TEST TYPE
BIO- TEST NAME
BIO-TEST DURATION
BIO-SAMPLE ID
BIO-TEST LAB NAME
BIO- TEST QA-QC
BIO-TEST START
BIO- TEST END
BIO-TEST SAMPLE QUANTITY
BIO-TEST SAMPLE UNITS
BIO- ORGANISMS/STRAINS
BIO- VALUE TYPE
BIO-VALUE-MAN; -EXP
BIO-VALUE UNITS
BIO-HI-CONF-LIMIT-
MAN; -EXP
BIO-LOH-CONF-LIMIT-
MAN; -EXP
BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-
DOSE-MAN; -EXP
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3205
C3210
C3215
C3220
C3225
C3226
C3230
C3235
C3240
C3245
C3255
C3280
C3285;
C3286
C3290
C3295;
C3296
C3300;
C3301
C3305;
C3306
Field Size/Format
Name X(25)
Name X(30)
Integer 9(6)
Name XXXX
Name X(41)
Name XXX
Date
Date
Integer 9(8)
Name X(6)
Name X(6S)
Name XXXX
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.999;
Integer 99
Description
The name of the broad category of bioassay test type.
The exact name of the bioassay test (a subset of Test
Type).
The duration of the test in hours.
The unique sample ID assigned by the test laboratory.
The name of the bioassay testing laboratory.
The bioassay laboratory QA/QC code.
The start date of the bioassay test.
The end date of the bioassay test.
The quantity of sample submitted for analysis.
The units of the sample quantity.
The name of the specific test organism used (e.g.,
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1538 or TA-98, etc.).
The value type (e.g.. LD50, LC50, EC 50, etc.) depending
on the assay.
The value of the assay results, in exponential format,
n.nn E +_ nn.
The units of the assay results value.
The upper confidence limit of the assay results value,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The lower confidence limit of the assay results value,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The technical limitation on the dose allowed in a
particular assay, in exponential format, n.nnn E + nn.
Maximum Applicable Dose
Units
BIO-M-A-D-UNITS
C3310
Name X(9)
The units of the maximum applicable dose.
-------
FORM 11 - Concluded
3>
•
GO
1
ro
Data Element Name
Level of Toxic Ity
Bacteria Mutagenldty
Response
Minimum Effective
Concentration
Minimum Effective
Concentration Units
Approximate Concentration
Factor
Line Number
CoMents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY
BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE
BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-MAN;
-EXP
BIO-MIN-EFFECTIVE CONCEN.
UNITS
B 10- APPROX -CONCENTR AT ION -
FACTOR
BIO-COMMENT LINE NUMBER
BIO-COMMENT
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3315
C3320
C3325;
C3326
C3330
C3335
C3365
C3370
Field Size/Format
Name X(14)
Name X(14)
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(7)
Name X(17)
Integer 99
Text X(63)
Description
The qualitative bloassay result, as HIGH, MODERATE,
LOW, or NOT DETECTABLE.
The Ames test response, as POSITIVE or NEGATIVE.
The minimum effective concentration, in exponential
format n.nn E * nn.
The units of the minimum effective concentration
•
The factor which accounts for any aliquot taken during
the bioassay lab procedures; not the process stream
flow.
The line number for the bloassay comments.
The comnents on the bioassay data.
-------
APPENDIX A.4
FPEIS DATA INPUT FORMS
-------
wEPA EADStFIPIO
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PflOTECTION AGENCT
IERL-RTP ReworcH Tiionsle Pork. N.C. 277)1
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 1
2/80
A - SOURCE
F
Test
Series
DESCRIPTION
No.
"I
ffy\
>
'"I"
Card
No. Source Categi
•wy Sourc
Tl??]73|74l^l36l-l?Bl?9l^lMl1?^UJ 35^171
f " " - '" " Li-
iCordl Desk
|No. 1 Process Type Proce
(A i|
(No. (Site Name
||4 I5P6 17 IB IV 20 2
(A 2\
21 23 24 25 26 27 28 W 30 31 32 33 34 35 30 37 3
(Cardl 1 1 Wttt i SODS 1 G£D5
JNo. 1 Zip Code I Country j KN J TSN j TSN
|l< ISJI6 17 18JI9 20pl
felt ir±
|aJZ)|M|2j|M]27 31 »J30J i: 32 33 3< 35|30J 37 3
T i rrn n 1 1
e Type
n Process
ss Rate Rate Units
Feed Material
Category
U|_
Street/ Box Number
47' 48 49
50| i
LEDS 1 NPOES
TSN 1 Nuntef
6 3» 40 41 42 43 44
Product/ Device 7/pe
~T~
1
Source Name
! -
|c;-y
Mi9|60|6^<
! [ j
A/
12
Kordl I
[No. (Sponsor Organization (Contract Numbe>
IA 4|
Cord
No. Reference Repa
A 5
A £
[Cord
[No. Reference Repoi
Il4 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21
£7
tt Title
• •• _L
^ -1
_ T
^J
53 & 5i
i : i i
Start Da
to Da
56 >7 58
TO/TD
Number
~^-
e
Yr
5? 60
^,63
±1
64
±ti
~l"
|6i 6(
J.. J L L
Finish Date
Mo Da | Yr
6
J 63
6*jtt *
1
L
^
6? 66 {6?! 70 >'
L
W"
r
» 21
t-—
T?2 73 74 7
i
?1
73 73 « 7
SIC Cade
State — i
5 76 77 78 79 80
j
>«>»»{*
1 r
Nome of Sampling Group/Contractor
^fYi-
i
t Author (Reference Report Number
2J 23 14 25 26 27 !8J ?» 30|]' 12 13 14 :5 16 1; it
" 1 J ' ZL
(Cordj Reference Report 1
|NO. f NTIS Number ]
1
P* !3ll* <7 II 19 20 ?1
IA B!
27 ?3 24 75J ?6 2?1 2B i^! 30J1' 3? hi ""• 35fc» J7 M
., it ,. r ~t~rr~:..
J» 40 4 47 i 4!,1 44 1 4^46 47:4SJ4? 50
Jill 1
)f 4O 41(43 «j|44 44 41
~ Xlt
!4)
n
90
:!
it
44*45'
H±:L
e : 3.' •» '
•> SO
1
it
*i fr?| ft3
i
52
B W 5*
rt 57 54 S1
>40
(1 43
w
"
04
«
[ keferenc
1J
e Re
•tfH 67 6B[* «J
1 1 i i 1
tt <**
V &M
»
i-
wrt Publication Date
71
72 71 74 75
rt:
ft 73 « • JB-
76, 77 7t TV K
fw *>• *3 ^9K
IE
B - TEST SEtttS COMMENTS
Teit
Series No.
1 2
F
3
4
5
6
f
i
•
*F
I
«*
n
»ia
1
Cord
No.
14
t.
B
ft
t
6
15
0
0
0
•>
line
No.
11
17
Camnenti <• Text
ii1
19
20
71
22
-
73
,'4
i-j 26'27i 28(29] 30! ! 32 r ' ^
i : Ilia , ^_»
ht] I \T\ I IT I-
"1 ' i — I T i
1 i i J — u_l — L_J — I — i
T.;.tr;,f)s
! i 1
i 1 !
- 4 1 J~
1 "
39
40 ! * i
T-
U^4'5|« 4',;46'4 -48149, A-V|>; -/>'->. . X,' J '" •'• *'t: 4. '- ' ( * ;6i 1 66^/( « j
-------
wEPA EADSF^IO
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERI-RTP Reieorcri Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
DATA INPUT FORMS
FORM 2
2/80
C - STREAM
DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
r Stream No.
Test
Series No.
I 2
I1
3
i
f
«|MttjM»
±11.1
9 50 5ll52J53
ttu
r*T T"1
^Hll^J"
111
1 * i
i : ;
58
58
59
-1
•SO
6,
a
0.5 j 04
6J
66J67
61
63
63
M
6AJ6*
!
6*
69
70
71
72 73 74 75 76 T . '8 : 7VJ80
, T i !
67
A*
69
70
i
71
7? 7} 74 >5]7fi ."^l^|80
. i ! i
! Ill
D - CONTROL DEVICE/TOATrVtfNT PROCESS
Test
Seti.
1 2
r
3
r-S
s No.
4
5
6
!
!
i
i
ream No.
• |M|lt1)l
1 I '1
a
Card
No.
D
0
De-
vice
No.
Generic Device/ Process Type
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
!7
28
r>
30
31
32
33
34
35
Card)
fs|Q I Specific Process/ Device Type
D
ll
Card
No.
O
»
2
Card
No.
14
D
D
D
15
3
3
3
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
77
2>
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
J»
37
Design Type
3«
39
40
4
42
^"p
46
47
f-
Device/ Process Class
3<
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
4A
Manufacturer
No.
14
17
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
77
28
29
30
3!
12
13
34
35
1 1
34
37
31
39
40
41
42
43
44
431
4?
4.
49| 50)51
52
" P*
55
S4
57
i«
59
03
61162
1
63
64
65
66
67
6< 69
* !
Device/ Process Commercial Name
48
49
50
51
i j
52
4*
O
Device/ Process Keyword
it
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
77
2t
29
30
31
12
33
34
35
34
37
It
39
40
41
42J43
44145
46
47
1
4M
*w
Seq.
No.
48
49
»
V
w
53|54
»
55
56
57
58
59
60l6l]62
63
64
65
66
67
M
»
H>
s»
»»
»
41 j*
1
*>
64
1*
M
«
Device/ Process Keyword
5O
51
52
53
54
J5
M
57
58
-
59
40
61 I 6?f
)
15
4
4
4
4
4
4
[
r
6 17
— -Parameter No.
Design Parameter Name
1*
19
20
2
22
23
24
T,
26
27
78
29
30
_l
3
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
I
43
44
45
46
47
I
4«
-Value Type
Parameter Valu
t
49
(
50
-U
j
><
>4^
.-if,
Ti
E
E
E
t
[
54
-I
1
e
—
Is*
i
i
I
j
•-
Parameter Value Text/Units
57
a
MjMM.
1
|
t
1
tf
• r
63
64
65
66
67
j
68
a
70J7I
r— r— 1
\
72
73
74
75
76
77
71
7»
80
•Owner** fttpvritiv* Data Ftatun at Strv*l
NOtft Wlwi«^a«iip*M.
Poo. of.
-------
10:
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCy
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 3
2/80
E - TEST
1
161'
Test
Series
2
3
IDENTIFICATION
r Stream No.
No.
1 5
6
i
7 0
Test
ID.
No.
9
10
11
Sfi)
Card
No.
14
E
13
0
Te
Mo
16 17
st Da
Da
IB
19
re
Yr
20
21
Start
Time
22
23
24
25
End
Time
26
27
28
29
Operating Mode*
30 31 32 33 34 35 3t 37 38 39 40 41 «2 43 « 1 45 46 47 48 49|»!51
i J !
52
53
54
55
54
57
58
59
to
c-
Design
Capacity"
«1 62
63
64
Form Completed by
a
t:
9*
71;
71
te
74
MJJ76
?\
77
TO
Tf
a»
Operating Parameter Text/Units
57
5G
5»
SO
61
62
43
«<
65
AS
67
69
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
'6
77
70
»a
-
SI
-&
9
S3
•«
:ffiS
Value Type
Parameter Value
f +
49
50
51
A
52
53 54 i5
E
1 E
I |
1 £
A
^
— 1 _jl.
-H
41,42
"to|«!45
— f-t—
I
46
47
40
49
20
S.
E
E
E
_,.£
56
E
E
r i £
51
52
1
53|54|S5
j
31
S3
S5
C
41
a
Operating Para
57 58
5« 40 61 1 62
01
C*
neter
— r"
-T-T-,
1 ]
1 l
-h—
—
— ,
59
j
a
a
r
id
a
33
MjE
ft
W
a
KJ
«n
Text/Units
65
66
67
6B
69
1
70
7t
72
73
74
75
'6
77
rg
62
WlM 65
i
66
67
69
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
74
77
78
79
79
3)
f"
*Denot« Repetitive Data Feature at Test Level
NOTE: When encoding data, use a ft for alpha character and 0 For numeric zero.
Page of _
-------
-r/EPA EADS
U.S. tNVMMMIENIAl PROTECTION AGHCI
IEKL-P.I? Retearck Triangle ?arlc, N.C. 27T11
FINE PART..CIE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 4
2/80
f - FUELS
AND f
Test
Seftet No.
t
i
££D
<•
sroc
tream
KS
No.
Test
10.
No.
?ir
Corf
No.
F
0
Source Feed Material*
— 1
/Cord1!
Lip I Laboratory Name*
Lu
IT
li|l» 17 K 1' 10 II 71 23(24
± __ - ±
ulu
1
J7
»
»
30
3>
a
a
M
3i
U
37
»
W
Uo
k>
«
Feed Material Rote 1. Units*
JForrrr
QV
JQC
_ _ _ Kode
4JJ44
«
46 47 46 «* iO 31 i2 M WJSSliA 57
t 1
5*
~
-•eed Material
Saniple Mass*
:eed Mater a.
Volume*
5*
00
61
C2
W
Completed by
Feed
Material
Mass Units'
Volume
Units*
W 65
M
V
*
tt
70
^-i
-W1-
Sea.
n1
7»
n
M 7S P* 77
I1
1
»4°
n
F ~ FUtLS ANO FEtD5TOCK5 —
r- Stream No.
ANALYSIS
Test
Series No.
1 2
F
i
Test
ID.
No.
11
J
in
Card
No.
w
F
F
F
u
2
2
*
rtroxiiwtfe Analyiil
Parameter
1*
M
S
i
17
0
U
r
K
*
i
i
H
S
f
c
»
r
u
i
21
U
f
f
27
ft
1
23
E
t
24-
15
G
U
R
27
T
A
a
V
2»
1
JO
31
"1
r
Y
Value*
'B
33
K
35
M
^
37
k
IS
Units
J»
*
%
%
4CJ4IJ42
W
w
w
T
I
T
Proximate Analysis
Parameter
«p
*.u
F
H
1
*5]«
X E
E A]T
47|48|49
I
D
1 S
X
C
0
x>
51
A R
N
T
52
a
E
53
0
N
M
N
sslwTvlsa
T
I
5?
*o|el
1 1
Value *
U
U]M
u
i
1
i \
ttJ67
i
M
LWfs
tf
%
%
p.
70
W
W
J
71
T
r
!/
[73 In
K
K5
Seq . No.— i
j]
74
n
M
77
n
n so
F - FUtlS AND FEEDSTOCKS — UUI1MATE ANALYSIS
rSlieoir
Test
Series Ma.
i '
i
ID.
No.
to
M
*
M
Card
Kb.
M
F
F
U
3
3
Ufliviate Aitaiyus
Pararwter
K
C
A
ir
A
S
I*
ft
H
tf
1
20
0
?i In
N
n
24
K
Value*
>«J
?7
»
2»
X)
Ultimate Analysis
Parameter
31
H
C
n
Y
M
33
D
L
34
It
0
V,
- Type*
Value1
$ ±
,
t_j__
k
A
1 i
i
f ,
_J A
4
A
' A
r 1
1'
1
E
E
E
f
I
I
t
i
f
t
£
F
1
Analytical Method
Units*
-
j
j_
i
h
i
' ' i
'
i
-P
|
1
I
iy T"1 ; p
J i
J L_
1 •
. L
I
j i
{ j
1
1
\—
'
!
J
High Oerection
Limit * £
57jsfi_^9
1 *
, i
|
1
J
E
t
E
t
j
i
_
E 1
r
E
5
E
E
i
t
E
Low Detection
Limit" +
ill".
-4-?*\
I '
i
- 1
E[
'f
t
E
E
E
I
£
E
i
Seq. No
Detection
Jmit Units*
1
1
j
1
•Oonato Ibpctitivv Data Feature at T«t Uvel
NOTE: Wn»n •ncadinfl oVna. w> «/(or ajpha ctnmctn and 0 for mmric zxra.
of
-------
1
tn
tvEPA EADS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
F - FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS - CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
r Stream No.
l
f
Test
Series No.
F -FUELS
F
F
F
Test
Series
1
Test rCtiemieal ID Tyw
i ID. Card 1
* No. No. + Category/Spec!
\ f 5
F 5
F 5
f 5
c
5
F 5
F 5
F 5
• 5
F 5
f 5
F 5
F 5
>IB|D) sn(^
IPlr -E,U©
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS
DATA INPUT
p Analytical Method
High Detection
a ID • Limit 1
n 24 25 24 27 21 ff X 31 32 13 34 35 34
E
_j E
E
E
Ej
I
E
E 4
,i_ E i
E
E
,, E '
E ,
E
Jt E
IL E
E
E
E
E T
(i E
1 ,, E
t ,. E
t f'
E j
E
: . E
E
E
IE |
' E :'
' i 1
E i
_j E
Low Detect
Lirr t
3! 3« j«
f
— i_i.
! J
; ;
i
4t
-(V
E
E
: E
+-{
i E
' E
:E
E
] E
E
E
on
±
i—
1
1
N F O RM AT
FORMS
i
H
44
4-
t—
T
1 —
TE T '
_
1
IE
4
j f j
E
E
E
E
E
E
L_
E
E
E
j
1
1
L
*~
E
E
E j
r
E
E
> , i
I
1 i i
-' 4- ; i£ ; -
i E i ' :
11 E , ' '
' I i E • ;
^ 1
;E|
Oe
Lin-
45J V
:
(
4-
-j—
-1 —
4-
r~
ec
7=
1
-1 —
ia
I
T
ION SYSTEM
T
ts
1**
-f"
I
T~T
-i— | — 1 -
tibi""
-t—
j
4 —
1
!
i —
f-
H —
~
i i !
<
-i
Rec
f»|5l[52 53|i4
T-
1-
r
j
!
-i —
j"
1 —
rr
44
_L
' i
"4^"-
'jl"
" '
1
i
1
i
r'
i
1 ;
I
AND FEEDSTOCKS - COMMENTS
r-Stream No.
No.
Test
ID. Card
f^ No. Comments as Text *
-4— F 7
F B
^ F 9
Wwj.
- ^- +-
i i 1 i J 1 1 . . . i i I !
' (t ' 'It'll
_1 i 1 i - -: j _L . i
-,[
-+
.4
1'
V
-i«i
,
!
»r
l
•Denotes Repetitive Dato Feature ot T«t Level
1 i
it Milligrams
svered ^
i5 56 i,' i8j59 60 01 *
=
J
r
j i_j__^_ _j
tL. 1 J
_^ _J
i i !
FORM 5 2/80
Form Completed by
Actuo
Concentration ActuaJ
+ Concentration
i 43 44 U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
_ E
E
r~ E
E
E
E
E
E
E '
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
5
E
k- E
f- E- -
HO » f T* T\ 717 7
Seq . No .-
Units
n » n 7* n
!
1
1
Tt "H'*"^"*"^
; . . ;^-f4Tttn:^
i*,':: i i , . i ' i ; ,
Seq. No.-i
75 74 T> J7» J» !0
f 1
Page of
NOTE; Wh«n eocodino data, we o f for olpho enaroeler and 0 for numeric lero.
-------
wEPA EADSlFtPiD
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGBVOr
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Pork. N.C. 27711
fINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INfORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 6
2/80
H - SAMPLING ACTIVITY
p Stream
Test
Series No.
(
f»
1
\
\
DATA INPUT FO
DESCRIPTION
No
Test
SO.
No.
5>mpl
No.
Caid
No.
h
0
Card
No.
14
H
15
1
Cord
No.
4
H
15
2
Card
No.
t4
H
15
3
I
/elhod Type (I = Inertial Impaction, X = Other)
Measurement Instrument/ Method
Name*
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Meas. Stream 1 Flowrate
Flowrate* | Units *
16
i
16
17 lie
j
>ampl
rc
17
18
% Iso-
kinettc
6
17
18
19
20
,
21J22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
3O
31
32
33
34 35
36
37
38
39
40 4
RMS
42 1 43 (44
Flowrate Measurement Method*
28
It
30 3IJ32
1
33
34
35
I
36
37
38
39
40 4
42
43
ng Location Code
Jevice/Process Number
Sampling Location Description*
19
20
21
22
C02'
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
*
CO
33
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
P
02*
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
article Dia
N2*
31
32
33
34
35
36
37 38
39
meter Basis *-
Dilution
Factor *
35
36
37
38
39
40 4
11
40 4
1 42 [43
I
44
44
45
*6
Sampling Duration*
Sampling
Start
Time
47
Tsf*^
45
47
4849
J_
50
i
S1J52J53
Meas.
Stream
Velocity*
54
55
5*
Sample |Mass|
Total Mass* |Units|
57
(Win)
Meas.
Stream
Temp.*
56
59
!
60
61
Meas.
Stream
Pressure
t
63
64
Form Completed by
Meas. S
Moist .
Con.*
65
66
67
tream
Density
a
69
70
r
71
1 Density Determination*
Sample I
Volume |
72
n
74
75
76 ur
\
»
i* n
nQEaEEEDSdDDnacGcctrGCGCQaasDaaac-
i i i
i nstrument
(Temp.
-»«
~ Particle Con
Upper
Diameter
> Boundary*
1 42
43
44 45
Ao
A
Cordl
No. 1 Trace Gases in PPM*
M
H
15|l*
4
Card
No.
14 hi
H|5
Card
No.
4
H
H
H
H
ii
t
7
t
9
17
18
19
202,
22
23
24
25
2627
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
36
39
40 4
1 42
43
CoJI«crion Surf ace/ Substrate*
6
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
3?
3e
39
I
40 4
1 42
43
Comments as Text *
16
17
1*
19
20
21
22
23
24
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39|40 4
1
1 *2
J
44
44
43144
j i
45
47
cer
r
47
48)49
_i_
30
51
52
Instr.
Press
53
54
L_-
i i
:
tnslrument |
Flowrate 1
55(56
57]
58
59
60UI
.
Oration Basis *
— Calibration/Calculation *
*
*6
47
48
45
«5
4«J47
IB
«
»
Si
S*
m
it
»
»
{
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
49
SO 51
1
52
53
54
55
«8 49(50|5'
i 1 i
52
53
54
56
56
j
j
s?f»£»*
HI
57
56
59
57
58
59
.
60
60
60
a«
SI
«
6
62
6i &
a
63
63
1 H I t i \ i 1 1 i i 1 J
«!
It
M
tf\
m
4*1
«»4n
3*
n
7*
75
74
/?}n
"F
Is
ttjtl
r
***!«
1
*
n
n
n
n
a
15
r*
n
•»
""Pi
J
64
65J66
1
67
68
69
70
i
n
71
74
75
76
77
78
79 80
1
65
66
67
69
69
70|71
1
a
n
74
a
•«
»*»
9 H
6J
!
I
«,64
«i
66
67
'
6B
6V
/O
|
i '
1 i •
Ti
'j
'«
n
/6
77
78
TV 80
CTi
*D*nol« fttpetltive Data Fearure ot Sample Level
•NC)TE: MAwn encoding data, use of for alpha character and 0 far numeric zero.
of_
-------
&EPA EADS
U.S. BDV1WMCNTU. PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP R«eorch Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
10!
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 7
2/80
K - COMPONENT
F
T«r
Series
No.
•
'
I
f Stream
[
No.
ID.
No.
DATA
Smpl.
Mo.
Card
No.
K.
0
Card
No.
K
1
r
j
Component Sequence Number
omponent Name
20
t>
22
J 24
25
26 27
28 2»
Stage/
f Iter
Cut Size
JO
Jl
U
Jj
1 N P U 1 t- O R M 5 Icri^jL
Form Completed by
Stage Weight or
Concentration
s ±
!<
35 3
JL^
_, D , Componenl Sequence Number
i_nem. Kad.
QVQCQA/QC
Code ICode 1 Radiological Analysis Laboratory
20J21
|
22 ;
act
\
25
26 27
28 2«
30
Jl
•a
33134
35 J.
6 3f
38
E
39
40
41
Chemical Analysis Laboratory Name*
IJ 43 44 45 46 47 46 49 50 51 \S2 S3 54 55 56 57 5» 5? 60
61
62
63
Name*
S 37
1
38
3»
40
41
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50(51 |52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
"I
61
a
63
164 65 i
£ 67
68 69
70 71
72
73
!
74
75 7i 77 7* 79 80 j
1
Component 1
(Aliquot) JMass/VolumeJ f
Masj/Volume | Units | j
64 65 6
_
.67
7O|71
|
n
73
74
75ki TT n tt mi
i: ~ 3
K - EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS
i
f
Series No.
'
r Stream No.
Test
ID.
No.
10
11
Smpl. Card
•*>. No. *
M 11 U IS It
K 2
K i
K 2
K 2
K 2
( 2
K 2
?
2
2
2
2
K 2
K 2
C 2
K 2
K 2
T Component Sequence Number r
FtTuertf Parameter Name <
17 \> l» 20 I
j
32
j
It IT
T
: L
23
24
U 26
27 28 » 3C
j
!
'
i
i j
Tt,
Value Type*
Value*
31 32 33 34 '
i : 4
J
4
i i i
if ^ , ^
Value Units*
36
37
38
3.4C
41 |42 43 *-
1 ;
!
1
]
I
' j' :
; L 1
1 !,
J-i-U
J 1 1
] Analytical Method
j High Detection
+ Limit- ±
< 45 46
47
46 49
i
.. -it
50
£
E
E
E
E
— ,
E
E
t
E
E
t
E
E
E
51 J5Z
53
T
L|
F
b
-( i E
. 1
--4-4-.-,
A .
t- i ;
f
'
f ! 1
L i"1 ^ ! ]
, •• I i r- * ' ^
i ,
TTl
1
Low Detection
Limit* ±
54
5.
A
j^
I
i
56
1
^
I
t
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
t
E
i ' i E
58 5t(
ID.
No.
Smpt
Mo.
Cord
No.
Component Sequence Number
Comments ai Text
^t T» 2obl 7»|?3['a4|2lJ'27J27T29|/>]'KJlT32'l3iTl4T35Ta6^37T3« i9J4oT4l^ •^\*^ f» i] 4*J47l 4tJ4»]^ol i' i » T i ;"| M Tjlftt
;
I t i i
t
*0cnor*« lUpetitivc Data Feature at Component Uvcl
NOTE: When encoding data, use a$ for alpha characteti and 0 for numeric zero
ATTENTION FPEIS
^: Ui*- rorn' 7A !! no chemicci! or raoiological data ore to be reported.
Ohe'v-me '^5e Forrr 7. B, 9. and 10 en needed tor nny component of the
measure fir M injlrume ".r/mfthod . „
-------
&EPA EADS
U.S. BNIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCT
lERL-RTP Reieorcri Triangle Pa,k, N.C. 27711
K - PARTICU SIZE DISTRIBUTION DATA.
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
DATA INPUT FORMS
FORM 7a
1 roim Completed b.
2/80
Te«t
Series
No.
-
Test
ID.
No.
II
tapl.
No.
1]
13
Cord
No.
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
s
5
J
5
s
5
J
4
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
t
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
J
3
J
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
•
9
0
1
2
3
4
$
t
7
*
f
o
2
3
4
5
«
7
•
»
0
t
2
3
4
5
6
7
e
9
0
-Component Sequence Number
Component Name
»
X
11
n
n
M
u
14
Z7
M
If
Stage /
Filter
Cut Size
(fj m)
M
11
12
33
I
Stage Weight/
Concentration
$ I
34
35
J
It
37
it h«
£
E
E
'
It
rti
h
t
f
E
[
E
t
E
I
t
t
I
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
^
-
40
"I
41
i j
1
r
«
a
w
41
<•'
i
4?
41
ft
JO
5!
SI
a
i
M
a
M
57
t»
if
*
•1
t]
i]
44
*S
'T "
1
4*
(7
1
_.
•
4* »
I
-T-
Tt
n
I
I
_
TJ
M
K
M
W
»
7» •
-p*
I
00
NOTE: When «ncod!r>g data, use o0 for alpha characters and 0 for numeric zero.
ATTENTION FPEIS USER: Use form 7A if no chemical Or radiological data are to be reported.
Otherwise, use Form 7, 8, 9. and 10 as needed for any component of the
meaiuremenf instrument/method.
Page
-------
vo
vVEPA EADS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP R«earch Triangle Porl. N.C. 27711
ID!
L-
F
FINE PARTICLE EMI
DAT
INORGANIC ANALYSIS/ NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS
r— Sl.eam No.
Test
Series
No.
1
7«
ID
No
r-Component Seqix
i r A \ — ID Type
impl. Card . '^
No. No. t » Cotegory/Sp
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0 .
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0 J
L 0
L 0
L C
L 0 ~j
Q
L 0
0
0
L 0
L 0
L 0 ~^f
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
S S 1 O N S
A INPUT
cnce Number i- Analytical Method
High Detect an
ecies ID * Limit +
I E
4 ^ '
1 j E
^_ i n. E
1 i E
' I '' E
i j E
I , E
T E
j E
j E
-<.- -L
E
E
r] E
E
E
£
T E
j. E
j E
_^ IT
c
^ E
E
f
1 —
H +—
j
f f
] )
1
I J
i
, t i
_j E
F
j, E
' ' J 1 ^ i
j E
-4
E
if ±ip ifin
.!>.:£
— 1
• 1
— r — -
^
Low
1 N
F
FORMATION SYSTEM
D R M S
+
A ! ' E*
i
A
A
\ 4,
i
IT
t
L __
L
i '
,
4
A
—A
i 4
4
t
i
t
i
4
_L.i
j +
A
1 i
.
\
i
E
'- t
q
1 1
E
£
E
E
E
|E
IE
E
1
E
t
E
it
i —
4 -
"
\ r—
^
— r
I 1
E \
\
'"1-
1
E
I
t
TT
E
T,
E
1 E.
Ill
— i
L
-—
— -
LifT
t uniti
^lfJ4«|M[f
" ' ' i
1 • f i i .
1 ' . '-
. i i :
' . . ' :
i
1 I
' ;
i
• • : | •
~ — i — I---
' 1 !
1 I
; \
] i ' !
1
• : 1
• '• i i :
1 . : .
1 1
r -r—
| : :
. ; : . :
T
R
FORM 8 2/80
Form Comp eted by
Actual Source
^covered ^ -f
T i ^ r~ .. E
_^ i L E
j
1 " 4 c
t I E
TIE
I I E
1 1 E
E
t
E
1 .. ^ ,E--
E
E
E
E
"E
I " f
i. E
r
E
J
£
C
f
1 ,. E
, ,. E
1 IE
"*" ' . i " ..",. ,,E I
I ., E
t
j " £
f
f
_j!_ |E
Jk E
... ,.j,. !.... .
J
" -- •
J
L- INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS COMMENTS
T«l
Serin No.
1 2
F
f
3
4
i
6
7
r- Stream No.
1
Ten
ID
No.
9
10
ir
imp!.
No.
13
13
Card
No.
u
L
L
15
1
2
r<
i
i«
17
3o«npon«nt Sequence Number
Comments os Text
11
19
»
21
22
23
24|2i
4]
!«ji?!28J;«[30
iu4T
-ttt-t-
3H32
f
— L_
a3
1 —
34 333* 37 3«|19 40 41 « «U4 4S 4* 47 «I 49 5Cl!l ;5r.33lMl5S!»(S-!Hl>»l«C «l U 0! jM 115 [it M 1 «•!» 70 71 77|73 |74 75 |76
~ + t I ' t T f 1 | ' • J ' ' ' •'.'' , I :iT|] *
+ LJ J L i _L 4 1 ;_ , , . , . , . . 4 , . . i . t . t t -1 1 J • -1
. I I i ( I 1 i i 1 ! i . I . . . i . i i , ! . , , : , . ! . : I . ] i I I I
C"FI1SFS
1 ! r
I
NOTE: When encoding data, use a 0 for alpha characters and 0 for numeric zero.
-------
&EPA EADS
U.S. EMVIKMMENTM. PROTECTION *'
uttjjwjttju^
"I-
-J
"1
•
- — t
—
|
is
ST
<
J
1
itens
«1
e»
1
-i
^
1
i
'
-J
1
1
t
I
_ i
r
i
i
1
70
71 r
; 1
i
I •
1
Actual Source
Concentration (^ig/mj
^ *
n
4
75 76
77
E
E
E
t
E
, IE
i
I
|
t
7* 1 nl
1
E
r
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
00
-p*
t
M - UVtL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS COMMENTS
Tcit
S.rl.t No.
1 3
*
F
r-Mream rw.
Ten
ID.
No.
10
II
S-npl
No.
12
13
Cant
No.
14
M
M
13
1
2
r
i<
17
— Component Sequence Number
ComnerAi as Text
II
n
20
it
22
23
74
25
2«
27
21
29
30
31
32
J3
]4
35
M
37
It
OT
U
4!
42
43
44
45
«.[«'! 4l|«»
liil
sojsijsjju
1
! 1 1
54
35
5*j sr
18
S»|MJ«
j
| |
»2|W
i
|
M
U
M
&7
«0
*»
?0
71
77
73
7*
75
76
77
7t
7»>C
NOTE: When •ncoding data, uw a^ for alpha character* and 0 far numeric zero.
-------
&EPA EADS
U.S. ENVmONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCT
IERL-RTP Rejeorch Triangle Pork. N.C. 27711
Iffi
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 10
2/80
R -
l
F
RADIONUCLI
Seri<
!S NO.
1
DATA NPUT FORMS
DE DATA
p Stream No. . Component Sequence Number
,
Test
ID.
No.
t
10
u
impl Card
No. No. i Rodionuclide
12 13 U 15 It. 17 II 1* X 21 I2\
R 0
o
o
o
It 0
R 0
R 0
0
0
0
0
0
o
J
0
It 0
* 0
It 0
ft 0
R 0
1 )
! 0
0
0
1 Anolytica Method
High Detection
ID 1 Limit +
3 I 2o : 2B M J 31 32 13 34 3
£
_f
— '
V
3>
l
R - RAOIONUCUOE DATA COMMENTS
T«t
Serin No.
f ~
T
pitrtom No. ,—Component Sequence INumber
Tett
ID.
No.
Smpl.
Mo.
Card
No.
1
1
7
1
Comment t en Text
I
H^
I
i
i—
7T
,
1
77
71
7* 30
NOTE: WKen encoding data, we a f for alpha character! and 0 for numeric i«ro.
Page of_
-------
wEPA EADSLHPiO
U.S. ENVIRONMENTS PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park. N.C. 277)1
FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FORM 11
2/80
T -
!
t
BIOASSAY [
Test
Series No
JA1
i
\
A
s
•ream
No.
Test
ID.
No.
DATA NPUT FORMi
Smpi.
No.
Card
Ho.
0
Card
No
T
1
Cord
No.
u
T
15
2
Card
No.
14
T
T
1
15
3
3
3
Card
No.
14
T
15
4
Cord
No.
14
T
15
5
Test Type*
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Test Name *
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Form C
1
76
57l 58 1 59
60
e;
1 1 1 : ^
Test Laboratory Name *
19
20
21
22
23
Sample
Quantity
16
»7
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3!
32
33
34
35 3Q j Oa I >r
sn
Al 1 &2J4ll A4
IH
65
66
ompleted by
67
T
Mo
^1
«
M
a
U
M
U
M
60) 61
I
62
63
64
65
Maximum
Applicable
Dose Units
5: 58
59 [60, *' ti2
I I
actof
55
|
56 57 58
iv
60
63
64l65
66
67
68
69
;s* En
Da
68
A9
70
Test
Duration (Hr)
71
d
Yr
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
Lab.
Sample
ID.
77
78
79 SO
n
nlw
9*
7»
7JJ»
r
***
a
it
<•
*t
n
»
n
•
»
Tff
67
66
69
70
71 1 72
73
74
75
76
77
71
\7t 80
Level of Toxicify • I
66
67
Ml w
1
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
7t
H
C
M
«•
B
u^^
**!•':
}
4»
•»
3*
n
n
1*
«•
Nti^vl^y)tt:
f i I i
tm
In
I
ro
T - BIOASSAY COMMENTS
i-Stream No.
1
F
Test
Series
No".
J
1
Test
ID.
No.
10
M
Smpl
No.
11
13
Card
No.
14
T
T
T
T
T
r
T
T
15
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Line
No.
16
\l
Comments as Text •
II
19
20
21
22
23|J4
25
26
27
21
J9
30
31
32
33
14
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
44
|
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57158
59
I
60
61
43
43
64
65
66
47
61
49
70
71
72
n
74
75
76
77
71
7»
SO
•Denotes Repetitive Data Feature al Sample Level
NOTE: When encoding data, use a f for alpha characters and 0 for numeric zero.
Page of_
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Initnictiuns on the reverse before completing)
REPORT NO.
EPA-600/8-80-007
TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Environmental Assessment Data Systems User Guide:
Fine Particle Emissions Information System
5. REPORT DATE
January 1980
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
RECIPIENT'S ACCESSIOI^NO.
AUTHORISI
J. P. Reider, R. J. Larkin, Editors
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9 PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Midwest Research Institute, 425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas City, Missouri 64110
Acurex Corporation, Energy & Environmental Division,
485 Clyde Avenue, Mountain View, California 94042
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
EHE624
11. CONTHACT/GRANT NO.
68-02-2641; 68-02-2699
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
EPA, Office of Research and Development
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final; 9/78 - 9/79
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA/600/13
15 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
'IERL-RTP project officer is Gary L. Johnson, Mail Drop 63, 919/541-2745.
This report replaces EPA-600/8-78-006.
16. ABSTRACI
The report is a user guide to the Fine Particle Emissions Information
System (FPEIS), a computerized data base on particulate emissions from stationary
point sources. The FPEIS is one of four waste stream data bases which are com-
ponents of the Environmental Assessment Data Systems (EADS). The EADS concept
has been designed to aid researchers in environmental assessment, emissions
characterization, and control technology development. The FPEIS contains data
from source sampling which may include: .particle size distributions; design and
typical operating data on control technology applied to the particle-laden effluent
stream; analysis of any fuel or feedstock to the process producing the effluent
stream; results of chemical, physical, radiological, and biological/ecological tests
of particulate samples; process descriptions of the sources; and descriptions of
the sampling equipment and techniques employed. The FPEIS protocol is consistent
with Level 1 and 2 reporting requirements. The guide gives detailed instructions
for encoding FPEIS data sets, defines procedures for submitting and retreiving
data, and contains standard nomenclature to facilitate data encoding. It also
contains a program library that describes analytical software available to the user
and provides instructions for its use. The report also discusses procedures which
will allow its users to access the FPEIS.
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
DESCRIPTORS
Pollution
Assessments
Dust
Data Storage
b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
c. COSATI Held/Group
Pollution Control
Stationary Sources
Particulate
Fine Particle Emissions
Information System
Environmental Assessment
Data Systems
13B
14B
11G
09B
7s. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
Release to Public
19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report!
Unclassified
21
NO. OF PAGES
318
20. SECURITY CLASS (This pagef
Unclassified
22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
-------
|